[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025206297A1 - Surgical robot system and control method therefor - Google Patents

Surgical robot system and control method therefor

Info

Publication number
WO2025206297A1
WO2025206297A1 PCT/JP2025/012726 JP2025012726W WO2025206297A1 WO 2025206297 A1 WO2025206297 A1 WO 2025206297A1 JP 2025012726 W JP2025012726 W JP 2025012726W WO 2025206297 A1 WO2025206297 A1 WO 2025206297A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
arm
surgical
robot
robot arm
control unit
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2025/012726
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
孝一 正岡
拓哉 志鷹
翔太 淺津
智宏 高木
哲夫 一居
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd
Kawasaki Motors Ltd
Original Assignee
Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd
Kawasaki Jukogyo KK
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd, Kawasaki Jukogyo KK filed Critical Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd
Publication of WO2025206297A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025206297A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots
    • A61B34/35Surgical robots for telesurgery
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots
    • A61B34/37Leader-follower robots

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to a surgical robot system and a control method thereof.
  • a surgical robot system that uses a robot to operate surgical instruments and perform surgical operations.
  • Surgical robot systems are used, for example, in minimally invasive surgery, which can reduce the burden on patients undergoing surgery.
  • a surgical robot system generally comprises a surgical robot positioned next to the patient and an operating device that allows the surgeon to remotely operate the surgical robot.
  • the operating device operated by the surgeon is, for example, located inside an operating room where a surgical bed on which the patient is placed is located.
  • the surgical robot has a robotic arm, to which surgical instruments are detachably attached.
  • the surgical instruments attached to the robotic arm are configured, for example, to be insertable into a port member provided on the patient.
  • the port member is, for example, a trocar or cannula.
  • Types of surgical instruments include forceps, electrocautery, staplers, endoscopes, etc., and are selected appropriately from among these depending on the surgical procedure, etc.
  • a surgical robot When a surgical robot has multiple robotic arms, different types of surgical instruments may be attached to each robotic arm, or the same type of surgical instrument may be attached to two or more robotic arms.
  • an endoscope may be attached to one robotic arm and forceps to two or more other robotic arms.
  • the surgeon By operating the operating device to operate the surgical robot, the surgeon (operator) can control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument attached to the robotic arm. If the surgical instrument itself has movable parts such as joints, such as forceps, the operating device can also be used to operate the movable parts of the surgical instrument. This allows the surgeon to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument (and the movable parts, if any) using the operating device. For example, if the surgical instrument is configured with a pair of jaws at the tip of the shaft, the surgeon can control the position and orientation of the entire surgical instrument by operating the operating device, as well as control the opening and closing of the pair of jaws, or the rotation around the pitch axis and/or yaw axis. Furthermore, if the shaft itself is configured to be rotatable around its longitudinal axis, the surgeon can rotate the shaft of the surgical instrument (around the roll axis) by operating the operating device.
  • This disclosure has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and one purpose of this disclosure is to provide a surgical robot system and a control method thereof that can appropriately respond to changes in the situation during surgery.
  • Aspect 1 of this disclosure is a plurality of robotic arms, each of the plurality of robotic arms having a surgical instrument attached thereto; an operating device that receives an operation input from an operator to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument; an arm control unit that controls the plurality of robot arms based on the operation input; a positioner having an arm base on which the plurality of robot arms are mounted; a positioner control unit that controls the positioner to adjust the position and attitude of the arm base, the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base during surgery;
  • the arm control unit is a surgical robot system that controls the multiple robot arms without the movement of the surgical instrument being affected by adjustment of at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base by the positioner control unit.
  • Aspect 3 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system as described in Aspect 2, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base to adjust an instrument operating range, which is defined as the area in which the surgical instrument can operate within the surgical field, for a target robot arm that is at least one of the plurality of robot arms.
  • Aspect 4 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 3, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the posture of the arm base based on the surgical field changing during surgery.
  • Aspect 5 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 4, wherein the surgical field is defined based on at least one of the position and orientation of an imaging device that images the surgical site during surgery.
  • Aspect 6 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 4 or 5, which has a surgical field designation means for designating the surgical field during surgery based on a command from the operator.
  • Aspect 7 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to any one of aspects 4 to 6, which includes a surgical field estimation means for automatically estimating the surgical field based on the inclination of the operating table.
  • Aspect 8 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 3 to 7, which has a manual arm selection means for selecting the target robot arm based on a command from the operator.
  • Aspect 9 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 3 to 7, having an automatic arm selection means for selecting the robot arm being operated by the operation input from the operator as the target robot arm.
  • Aspect 10 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 9, in which the positioner control unit maintains a distance between the arm base and a virtual space preset around the arm base at a constant value or greater.
  • Aspect 11 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of Aspects 1 to 10, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base during surgery to avoid interference between one robot arm of the plurality of robot arms and another robot arm of the plurality of robot arms.
  • Aspect 12 of this disclosure is each of the plurality of robot arms has a plurality of drive axes, the number of the plurality of drive axes being greater than a minimum number of degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; the arm control unit defines at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft and controls the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions; 12.
  • a surgical robot system according to any one of aspects 1 to 11, wherein the constraint conditions are adjusted to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.
  • Aspect 13 of this disclosure is the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis; 13.
  • Aspect 14 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 13, wherein the arm control unit rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.
  • Aspect 15 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 14, wherein the positioner includes a vertical articulated robot.
  • the surgical robot system and control method disclosed here can appropriately respond to changes in the situation during surgery.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of another surgical instrument attached to the robot arm of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a system configuration of a control device of a surgical robot system according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a robot arm and a surgical instrument of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a distal end of a robot arm of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment and a surgical instrument attached to the distal end.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a distal end portion of a robot arm of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart illustrating a control method for a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram for explaining the control method of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is yet another schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic system of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • 10A to 10C are diagrams illustrating an example of the operation of a surgical robot in a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • 10A and 10B are diagrams illustrating other examples of the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is yet another diagram showing an example of the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • 1A and 1B are diagrams for explaining the operation of a surgical robot in a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • 10A and 10B are other diagrams for explaining the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is yet another diagram for explaining the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is yet another diagram for explaining the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram for explaining the control method of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is yet another schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.
  • the surgical robot system is a robot system composed entirely of master-slave manipulators.
  • the operating device that constitutes the master unit is equipped with a hand control that allows the operator (the surgeon who is performing the procedure) to manually manipulate its position and orientation.
  • the coordinates of the hand control's position and orientation in a coordinate system set on the master side are mapped to the coordinates of its position and orientation in a coordinate system set on the slave side (slave coordinates).
  • Scaling can also be introduced in the mapping between the master coordinates and the slave coordinates. For example, a scaling coefficient can be set so that the amount of change in the slave coordinates is smaller than the amount of change in the master coordinates.
  • the robot arm of the surgical robot in the surgical robot system has redundancy. That is, the degrees of freedom required for the task to be accomplished by the robot arm are fewer than the degrees of freedom (i.e., the number of drive axes) that the robot arm has. Conversely, the degrees of freedom of the robot arm are greater than the degrees of freedom required for the task.
  • the degrees of freedom required for the task to be accomplished by the robot arm are typically the degrees of freedom required for (the task of) controlling the position and orientation of a surgical instrument detachably attached to the tip of the robot arm.
  • the number of drive axes that determines the degrees of freedom of the robot arm includes the number of drive axes for controlling the joints (joints of the movable parts of the surgical instrument) of the surgical instrument itself attached to the tip of the robot arm, and/or the number of drive axes for rotating the entire surgical instrument relative to the tip of the robot arm.
  • one drive axis is assigned to one redundant degree of freedom in the robot arm, and the drive axis to which this redundant degree of freedom is assigned is positioned as the redundant axis.
  • the number of degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of a surgical instrument is n and the number of degrees of freedom (number of drive axes) of the robot arm is n+3, then the robot arm will have three redundant degrees of freedom.
  • three drive axes are selected as redundant axes from the n+3 drive axes of the robot arm, and each of the selected three drive axes is assigned to one of the three redundant degrees of freedom.
  • the degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of a surgical instrument are, for example, six degrees of freedom related to the movement of the end effector attached to the tip of the shaft of the surgical instrument in three-dimensional space (e.g., inside the patient's body).
  • a center of rotation (pivot point) for the tilting movement of the shaft portion of the surgical instrument, which tilts together with the port member may be set.
  • the movement of the surgical instrument must be controlled so that the longitudinal axis of the shaft portion of the surgical instrument always passes through the center of rotation (pivot point) or its vicinity.
  • the number of degrees of freedom n required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument increases by two, for a total of eight.
  • shaft portion of a surgical instrument refers to a member or section that constitutes the entire or part of a surgical instrument, and is an elongated portion or member having a longitudinal axis.
  • Shaft portions of surgical instruments include those that include joints and those that are flexible.
  • constraints are added for the number of redundant degrees of freedom possessed by the robot arm.
  • the robot arm in this embodiment has multiple redundant degrees of freedom, and multiple constraints are set accordingly.
  • drive axes equal in number to the number of redundant degrees of freedom are selected as redundant axes, and one constraint is set for each redundant axis.
  • actual drive axes and redundant axes may correspond one-to-one, this is not necessarily the case.
  • the relationship between the axis values of two drive axes can also be treated as a redundant axis.
  • a constraint for example, constrains the operation of the redundant axis corresponding to that constraint in relation to the configuration of the robot arm, which is determined by the combination of the axis values of the multiple drive axes of the robot arm.
  • constraints are imposed on the configuration of the robot arm, and the operation of the redundant axis corresponding to those constraints is controlled so that changes in the configuration of the robot arm remain within the range constrained by the constraints. This point will be described in more detail later, with reference to Figure 15, etc.
  • a definite solution can be calculated when calculating the axis values (joint variable values) of the drive axes of the robot arm from the position and posture of the end effector of the surgical instrument.
  • the axis values (joint variable values) of the redundant axes are uniquely determined by the constraints.
  • the constraints can be configured as mathematical expressions that uniquely determine the axis values of the redundant axes based on the position and posture of the end effector.
  • the axis values of the redundant axes can be determined by the constraints in this way, the same inverse kinematics calculations as when there are no redundant axes can be applied to multiple drive axes other than the redundant axes.
  • the axis values of the redundant axes can also be called joint positions or joint angles.
  • the constraint conditions for redundant axes are also related to which of the multiple drive axes (multiple joints) of a robot arm is treated as a redundant axis.
  • the content of the constraint conditions for redundant axes can change depending on which of the multiple drive axes of a robot arm is selected as a redundant axis.
  • the constraint conditions for redundant axes can be determined from the perspective of avoiding interference between arms. For example, the constraint conditions for redundant axes can be set so that the robot arm operates within a range of motion where interference between arms is unlikely to occur.
  • the constraint conditions for redundant axes can be determined from the perspective of avoiding interference between arms, but the content of the constraint conditions once determined is not always optimal. For example, when performing a certain surgery, even if the arm interference avoidance effect can be properly achieved at one stage during the surgery, the arm interference avoidance effect originally intended may not necessarily be achieved at another stage during the surgery.
  • the axis values of the multiple drive axes (joints) of the robot arm change accordingly.
  • the axis values of the multiple drive axes of the robot arm are determined by calculation based on command values for the position and orientation of the end effector generated based on operation input from the operating device, and this calculation includes content related to the constraint conditions of the redundant axes.
  • the content of the calculation process used to determine the axis values of the multiple drive axes (joints) of the robot arm from the command values for the position and orientation of the end effector changes, and the axis values of the multiple drive axes obtained as a result of the calculation also change.
  • the operation of the robot arm's drive axes related to the constraints of the redundant axes does not affect the movement of the end effector. Therefore, even if the axis values of the robot arm's multiple drive axes change due to a change in the constraints of the redundant axes, this does not affect the movement of the end effector.
  • the configuration of the robot arm changes accordingly.
  • the configuration of a robot arm can be defined as the spatial region occupied by the robot arm in the absolute coordinate system (or world coordinate system). Therefore, by changing the constraints of the redundant axes, it is possible to change the spatial region occupied by the robot arm in the absolute coordinate system.
  • this embodiment can prevent interference between arms in advance, thereby reliably preventing the surgery from being interrupted by the surgical robot stopping and the subsequent recovery work. In this way, this embodiment can reliably ensure the continuity of the surgery by the operator in surgery using a surgical robot system.
  • the surgical robot system 10 comprises a surgical robot 1 constituting at least a part of the slave unit, and an operating device 2 constituting at least a part of the master unit.
  • the operating device 2 is placed beside the operating table 111 in the operating room.
  • the operating device 2 may be placed at a location further away from the operating table 111 in the operating room, or it may be placed outside the operating room.
  • the operator (surgeon) S who performs surgery using the surgical robot system 10 is located on the operating device 2 side, not the surgical robot 1 side, during the procedure in order to operate the operating device 2.
  • the patient P on whom the surgery is to be performed is placed on the operating table 111 placed beside the surgical robot 1.
  • the surgical robot 1 is equipped with a control device 4, and the arm control unit 28 is included in the control device 4.
  • the control device 4 is configured to be included in the surgical robot 1, but the control device 4 does not necessarily have to be included in the surgical robot 1, and can be provided outside the surgical robot 1 as a component of the surgical robot system 10.
  • the arm control unit 28 is configured to be included in the control device 4, but the arm control unit 28 does not necessarily have to be included in the control device 4, and can be provided outside the control device 4 as a component of the surgical robot system 10.
  • the operating device 2 includes left and right operating manipulators 20A, 20B, multiple operating pedals 22, a touch panel 23, and a monitor 24.
  • the monitor 24 is supported by a support arm 25.
  • the touch panel 23 is mounted on a support bar 26.
  • the operating manipulators 20A, 20B are equipped with left and right hand controls 21A, 21B that the operator operates with their left and right hands to input operating commands.
  • the operating manipulators 20A, 20B are operating tools that accept operating inputs to generate movement commands for the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40.
  • the operating pedal 22 is an operating tool that accepts commands such as zooming the endoscopic camera, switching control modes, and switching the robot arms 3 (3A, 3B, 3C, 3D) associated with the left and right operating manipulators 20A, 20B.
  • the monitor 24 is a scope-type display device that displays images captured by an endoscope inserted into the body of the patient P.
  • the monitor 24 may also be a 3D viewer that displays 3D images.
  • the support arm 25 can support the monitor 24 so that its height is aligned with the face of the operator S.
  • a sensor 27 that detects the head of the operator S is provided near the monitor 24.
  • the arm control unit 28 is configured so that remote operation of the surgical robot 1 by the operating device 2 is possible only when the head of the operator S is detected by the sensor 27, but that remote operation of the surgical robot 1 by the operating device 2 is not possible when the head of the operator S is not detected by the sensor 27.
  • the operator S operates the hand controls 21A, 21B and operating pedals 22 of the operating manipulators 20A, 20B while visually checking the affected area of the patient P on the monitor 24.
  • the surgical robot 1 forms the interface between the surgical robot system 10 and the patient P.
  • the surgical robot 1 is placed in the operating room beside the operating table 111 on which the patient P lies.
  • the operating table 111 and its surrounding area in the operating room are sterilized to form a sterile field.
  • each of the multiple robot arms 3 includes an instrument holder 36 to which a surgical instrument 40 is detachably attached (see also Figure 11).
  • the instrument holder 36 constitutes at least a part of the tip 32 of the robot arm 3.
  • the positioner 7 of the surgical robot 1 comprises an articulated robot.
  • the positioner 7 is controlled by a positioner control unit 75 included in the control device 4.
  • the positioner control unit 75 does not necessarily have to be included in the control device 4, and may be provided outside the control device 4.
  • a vertical articulated robot can be used as the articulated robot constituting the positioner 7, for example, a seven-axis vertical articulated robot.
  • the positioner 7 includes a base 90 and a series of link units 91 whose base ends are connected to the base 90.
  • the multiple link units 91 are connected to each other by joint units 92.
  • the base 90 of the positioner 7 is attached to the top surface of the casing 71 of the movable carriage 70.
  • An arm base 5 is provided at the tip of the positioner 7.
  • the positioner 7 By configuring the positioner 7 as a vertical articulated robot, for example a seven-axis vertical articulated robot, the position and orientation of the arm base 5 attached to the tip of the positioner 7 can be freely controlled in three-dimensional space.
  • the position of the arm base 5 may be defined as the position of a reference point set on the arm base 5.
  • the reference point may be set at (the rotation axis of) the base end of the arm base 5 attached to the tip of the positioner 7.
  • the arm base 5 comprises an arm base main body 50, a positioner mounting section 51 provided on the back of the arm base main body 50 and to which the tip of the positioner 7 is attached, and a plurality of arm mounting sections 52 provided on the lower part of the arm base main body 50 and to which the base ends 80 of a plurality of robot arms 3 are attached.
  • the arm base 5 is configured to be rotatable relative to the tip of the positioner 7.
  • the arm base 5 is provided with an imaging section 53.
  • the imaging section 53 is capable of capturing images of at least one of the operating table 111 and the patient P placed on the operating table 111.
  • a handle 73 for controlling the movement of the cart 70 is provided near the operating unit 72 of the cart 70.
  • the handle 73 has a throttle unit 73a that an operator such as a nurse or technician can grasp and rotate to control the movement of the cart 70.
  • the handle 73 is also configured to be rotatable left and right (LR direction), and the direction of movement of the cart 70 changes as the handle 73 is rotated.
  • FIG. 7 shows a forceps assembly 40A as an example of a surgical instrument 40.
  • the forceps assembly 40A includes a shaft portion 43, an end effector 44 including a pair of jaws provided at the tip of the shaft portion 43, and an instrument base 45 that holds the base end of the shaft portion 43 rotatably around the longitudinal axis of the shaft portion 43.
  • FIG 8 shows an endoscope assembly 40B, another example of a surgical instrument 40, which is an imaging device that is inserted into a patient's body to capture images of the condition of the surgical site.
  • the endoscope assembly 40B includes an endoscope 12 and an endoscope holder 13.
  • the endoscope holder 13 holds the endoscope 12 so that it can rotate around its longitudinal axis.
  • a drive unit (not shown) is provided inside the endoscope holder 13 for rotating the endoscope 12 around its longitudinal axis.
  • the front portion (camera side) of the endoscope 12 is formed as a shaft portion 43.
  • the arm control unit 28 which controls the operation of the surgical robot 1 based on operation input from the operation device 2, may be composed of a single controller for centralized control, or multiple controllers that cooperate with each other for distributed control.
  • the arm control unit 28 is composed of a computer 300 such as a microcontroller.
  • the computer 300 has a processor 301 such as a CPU, memory 302 such as ROM and RAM, an I/O unit (input/output unit) 303, and an interface 304.
  • the memory 302 stores control programs and various data used to control the operation of the surgical robot 1.
  • the interface 304 is used for communication with the operation device 2 and various sensors (such as an encoder that detects the rotation angle of a servo motor, described below).
  • the robot arm 3 shows the schematic configuration of one robot arm 3 among the multiple robot arms 3 equipped in the surgical robot 1.
  • a surgical instrument 40 is detachably attached to the tip 32 of the robot arm 3.
  • all of the multiple robot arms 3 equipped in the surgical robot 1 have the same or similar configurations, but at least one of the multiple robot arms 3 may have a different configuration from the other robot arms 3 (e.g., different degrees of freedom).
  • the robot arm 3 comprises an arm main body 30 and a translational movement mechanism 35 provided on the arm main body 30.
  • the translational movement mechanism 35 has an instrument holder 36 movably provided on its main body.
  • the translational movement mechanism 35 (including the instrument holder 36) constitutes at least a part of the tip 32 of the robot arm 3.
  • an instrument base 45 of a surgical instrument 40 is detachably attached to the instrument holder 36 by an attachment/detachment mechanism (not shown).
  • the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 is movable three-dimensionally relative to the base end 80 of the robot arm 3.
  • the arm main body 30 has a base end 80 that is detachably attached to the arm base 5, and multiple arm link sections that are connected in sequence from the base end 80 to the tip end.
  • the arm main body 30 has multiple joint sections (multiple drive shafts) that are connected in sequence so that one arm link section rotates relative to another arm link section.
  • the multiple arm link sections include a first link 81 to a sixth link 86.
  • the multiple joint sections include a first joint J31 to a seventh joint J37. Note that, in this embodiment, the multiple joint sections (first joint J31 to seventh joint J37) of the arm main body 30 are configured as rotary joints equipped with rotary shafts, but at least some of the joint sections may be configured as linear joints.
  • the second portion 81b extends from the tip of the first portion 81a in a second direction intersecting the extension direction of the first portion 81a (and perpendicular to the rotation axis of the second joint J32) and is connected to the second joint J32 on the tip side.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction in the first link 81 is, for example, 120 degrees or more and 160 degrees or less (e.g., 140 degrees).
  • the first portion 81a and the second portion 81b are smoothly connected. This makes it easier to pass wires such as electrical wiring through multiple arm link portions, even if some of the arm link portions have a bent shape.
  • the fourth link 84 has a bent shape between the adjacent joints J34 and J35, and this portion forms the elbow 11 of the arm main body 30.
  • the fourth link 84 is configured so that the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 and the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35 do not intersect.
  • the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35 is offset from the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 in a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 and the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35. That is, the fourth link 84 has a first portion 84a and a second portion 84b.
  • the first portion 84a extends from the fourth joint J34 on the base end side in a predetermined first direction (a direction perpendicular to both the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 and the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35).
  • the second portion 84b extends from the tip of the first portion 84a in a second direction (the direction of the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35) that intersects with the extension direction of the first portion 84a and is connected to the fifth joint J35 on the tip side.
  • the angle between the first direction and the second direction of the fourth link 84 is, for example, greater than or equal to 70 degrees and less than or equal to 110 degrees (e.g., 90 degrees).
  • the first portion 84a and the second portion 84b are smoothly connected.
  • the other links 82, 83, 85, and 86 are formed in a straight line between adjacent joints.
  • the other links 82, 83, 85, and 86 are configured so that the rotation axes of adjacent joints intersect.
  • Each arm link section is configured so that its cross-sectional area perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is smaller than that of the arm link section (or base end 80) connected to it closer to the base end. This causes the arm main body 30 to become gradually thinner from the base end 80 toward the tip end.
  • each of the bending joints J32, J34, and J36 is configured so that the tip end of the base end side arm link section 81, 83, and 85 is located on one side of the rotational axis direction relative to the center of the joint section in the rotational axis direction.
  • the base end of the tip end side arm link section 82, 84, and 86 is configured to face the tip end of the base end side arm link section 81, 83, and 85 on the other side of the rotational axis direction relative to the center of the joint section in the rotational axis direction.
  • the width in the rotational axis direction of the joint i.e., the distance between the outer ends in the rotational axis direction of the tip ends of the base-end-side arm link sections 81, 83, 85 and the outer ends in the rotational axis direction of the base ends of the tip-end-side arm link sections 82, 84, 86, is shorter than the diameter (maximum dimension) of the cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the portion located closer to the base end than the tip ends of the base-end-side arm link sections 81, 83, 85.
  • each joint and the arm link portion at its tip end are configured to be narrower than the arm link portion at its base end. This increases the range of movement of each arm body 30 (the range without interference with other arm bodies 30) in a workspace that becomes narrower the closer it is to the treatment area 110 of the patient P.
  • the outer shell of the arm body 30 is made of a material that is painted to be chemical-resistant.
  • openings such as inspection holes on the arm body 30 are covered with resin covers.
  • the outer shell of the arm body 30 itself may include parts made of resin materials.
  • the translational movement mechanism 35 is a mechanism that translates the instrument holder 36, which is movably mounted on the main body of the translational movement mechanism 35, in the longitudinal axis direction Dt ( Figure 10), thereby enabling the surgical instrument 40 attached to the instrument holder 36 to translate in the extension direction of the shaft portion 43.
  • the translational movement mechanism 35 is connected to the tip of the sixth link 86 of the arm main body 30 via a seventh joint J37, which is a bending joint.
  • the seventh joint J37 extends in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis direction Dt.
  • a drive mechanism including a drive source for translationally moving the instrument holder 36 is provided inside the translational movement mechanism 35.
  • the translational movement mechanism 35 can advance the surgical instrument 40 in the insertion direction and retract it in the withdrawal direction.
  • the drive mechanism provided inside the translational movement mechanism 35 may be configured, for example, using a pulley and timing belt, or may be a mechanism including a gear train, or may be configured as a double-speed mechanism.
  • the translational movement mechanism 35 forms an eighth joint J38, which is a linear joint that moves the instrument holder 36 linearly in the longitudinal axis direction Dt.
  • the instrument holder 36 removably holds the instrument base 45 of the surgical instrument 40.
  • the instrument holder 36 includes an instrument driver 38 having multiple (four in this example) drive shafts 37 that are rotationally driven to apply a driving force to the surgical instrument 40.
  • One of the multiple drive shafts 37 of the instrument driver 38 generates a driving force that rotates the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 about its longitudinal axis.
  • a forceps assembly 40A which is one of the surgical instruments 40, has an instrument base 45 provided at its proximal end, a shaft portion 43 whose proximal end is connected to the instrument base 45, and an end effector (treatment tool) 44 connected to the distal end of the shaft portion 43. Furthermore, the forceps assembly 40A is equipped with a drive force transmission portion (not shown) that is connected to the drive shaft 37 of the instrument drive unit 38 included in the instrument holder 36 by attaching the forceps assembly 40A to the instrument holder 36 and transmits the drive force of the drive shaft 37.
  • the instrument drive unit 38 of the instrument holder 36 may have, for example, four drive shafts 37, and these drive shafts 37 are used, for example, to open and close the pair of jaws that form the end effector 44 of the forceps assembly 40A (FIG. 7), to pitch or yaw the end effector 44, and to roll the shaft portion 43 of the forceps assembly 40A around its longitudinal axis relative to the instrument base 45.
  • the drive shaft 37 of the instrument drive unit 38 of the instrument holder 36 drives a drive unit (not shown) provided inside the endoscope holder 13, thereby rotating the endoscope 12 around the longitudinal axis of its shaft portion 43.
  • the surgical instrument 40 has a defined longitudinal axis direction Dt (see FIG. 10), and the instrument base 45, shaft portion 43, and end effector 44 are arranged along the longitudinal axis direction Dt, in this order.
  • the end effector of the surgical instrument 40 is not limited to the end effector 44 consisting of a pair of jaws shown in FIG. 7.
  • the end effector of the surgical instrument 40 can be selected from a group including, for example, instruments with movable joints (e.g., forceps, scissors, graspers, needle holders, microdissectors, staple appliers, tackers, suction and irrigation tools, snare wires, clip appliers, etc.) and instruments without joints (e.g., cutting blades, cauterizing probes, irrigators, catheters, suction orifices, etc.).
  • instruments with movable joints e.g., forceps, scissors, graspers, needle holders, microdissectors, staple appliers, tackers, suction and irrigation tools, snare wires, clip appliers, etc.
  • instruments without joints e.g., cutting blades, cauterizing probes, irrigators, catheters, suction orifices, etc.
  • the base end of the shaft 43 is connected to the instrument base 45 via a ninth joint J39 (tip-side torsion joint), which is a torsion (roll) joint.
  • the rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39 has a rotation axis that is arranged coaxially with the central axis C of the shaft 43.
  • the central axis C of the shaft 43 corresponds to the longitudinal axis of the surgical instrument 40.
  • the rotation axis of the joint is the geometric (imaginary) axis of the rotating shaft.
  • the instrument base 45 and the ninth joint J39 may be elements included in the robot arm 3 for positioning the shaft portion 43.
  • the eighth joint J38 which is located between the seventh joint J37 and the ninth joint J39, is a linear joint, and therefore the orientation of the rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39 relative to the rotation axis R7 of the seventh joint J37 is fixed.
  • the rotation axis R7 of the seventh joint J37 is perpendicular to a reference plane RP ( FIG. 10 ) that extends in the longitudinal direction Dt and includes the rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39. That is, in this embodiment, the seventh joint J37 constitutes a bending joint that defines the reference plane RP.
  • the angle between the rotation axis R7 and the reference plane RP is not limited to a right angle; it is sufficient that the rotation axis R7 and the reference plane RP intersect.
  • a plurality of (four in this example) arm attachment portions 52 are provided on the arm base 5 in accordance with a plurality of (four in this example) robot arms 3.
  • the arm base 5 has an elongated shape with a longitudinal axis, and the plurality of arm attachment portions 52 are arranged side by side in the longitudinal direction of the arm base 5 (the direction indicated by D1 in Figure 13).
  • the first link 81 which is the link on the side of the base ends 80 of the plurality of robot arms 3, is configured to be relatively rotatable around the rotation axis of the first joint J31.
  • the multiple arm attachment portions 52 are arranged such that the base ends 80 of the multiple robot arms 3 are aligned in a row in a predetermined first direction D1.
  • the first direction D1 is a direction set on (included in) a predetermined first plane P1.
  • the first plane P1 is a virtual plane parallel to the floor (horizontal plane) G when the arm base 5 is positioned in the preparation position (see Figure 3).
  • the first direction D1 is, for example, the direction of the longitudinal axis of the elongated arm base 5, which is a horizontal direction, but is not limited to this.
  • the first direction D1 is also a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of the robot arm 3, which will be described later.
  • the multiple arm attachment portions 52 are aligned in a row in the first direction D1 (the depth direction of the paper in Figure 3) when viewed from above with the arm base 5 positioned in the preparation position, and face a second direction D2 perpendicular to the first direction D1.
  • the arrangement of the arm attachment portions 52 is not limited to a single row, and they may be aligned in two rows. Additionally, some of the arm attachment portions 52 may be offset in the second direction D2. Additionally, some of the arm attachment portions 52 may be offset in the third direction D3.
  • the third direction D3 is, for example, the vertical direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface in FIG. 13).
  • Figure 14 is a block diagram showing an example of the control system configuration of the surgical robot system 10.
  • the arm body 30 of the robot arm 3 is provided with drive servomotors (denoted as SM in Figure 14) M31-M37 corresponding to each joint J31-J37 of the arm body 30, encoders (denoted as EN in Figure 14) E31-E37 that detect the rotation angles of the servomotors M31-M37, and reducers (not shown) that reduce the output of the servomotors M31-M37 to increase the torque.
  • drive servomotors denoteted as SM in Figure 14
  • M31-M37 corresponding to each joint J31-J37 of the arm body 30
  • encoders denoted as EN in Figure 14
  • E31-E37 that detect the rotation angles of the servomotors M31-M37
  • reducers not shown
  • Encoders E31 to E39 are provided as an example of a rotational position detection means for detecting the rotational position (rotation angle) of servo motors M31 to M39, and a rotational position detection means such as a resolver may be used instead of encoders E31 to E39.
  • the arm control unit 28 includes a control unit main body 29 that controls the movement of multiple robot arms 3 based on operation commands.
  • Servo control units C31 to C39 are electrically connected to the control unit main body 29, and multiple actuators related to servo motors M31 to M39 are electrically connected via amplifier circuits, etc.
  • a position and orientation command for the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 is input to the control unit main body 29 based on operation input input to the operating device 2 during treatment.
  • the control unit main body 29 generates and outputs a position command value based on the position and orientation command and the rotation angle detected by the encoders E31 to E39.
  • the servo control units C31 to C39 which have acquired this position command value, generate and output a drive command value (torque command value) based on the rotation angle detected by the encoders E31 to E39 and the position command value.
  • the amplifier circuit that has acquired this drive command value supplies a drive current corresponding to the drive command value to the servo motors M31 to M39. In this way, each servo motor M31 to M39 is servo-controlled so that the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 reaches a position and orientation corresponding to the position and orientation command.
  • the arm control unit 28 also has a memory unit 31 in the control unit main body 29 that can read data, and pre-stores surgical information input via the operation device 2.
  • This surgical information includes the combination of multiple robot arms 3 used in the surgery.
  • the memory unit 31 stores information such as the length along the longitudinal axis direction Dt of the surgical instrument 40 held at the tip 32 of the robot arm 3. This enables the control unit main body 29 to grasp the position of the tip (end effector 44) of the surgical instrument 40 held at the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 based on the position and orientation command for the tip 32 of the robot arm 3.
  • the position of the tip of the surgical instrument 40 is sometimes called the tool center point (TCP).
  • the memory unit 31 pre-stores predetermined preparation positions (for example, the respective positions and postures of the positioner 7, arm base 5, and robot arm 3 shown in FIG. 3) that are established before treatment for the arm base 5 and multiple robot arms 3.
  • the memory unit 31 can store multiple preparation positions according to the type of treatment, the area to be treated, etc.
  • the above-mentioned predetermined preparation positions are sometimes called setup positions.
  • Figures 15 to 17 are diagrams illustrating an example of the operation of the surgical robot system 10.
  • robot arm 3B and elements related to robot arm 3B are illustrated, with other elements being omitted as appropriate.
  • robot arm 3A and elements related to robot arm 3A are illustrated, with other elements being omitted as appropriate.
  • the surgical assistant (or the operator S himself/herself) first uses the cart 70 to move the surgical robot 1 near the operating table 111.
  • the positioner 7, arm base 5, and multiple robot arms 3 are located in predetermined storage positions set for the cart 70.
  • Port members 112 consisting of trocars or cannulas, are placed on the body surface of patient P, who is lying on the operating table 111, for example, lined up side by side in a straight line.
  • the port members 112 are arranged in a line in the depth direction of the page.
  • the arrangement of multiple port members 112 is not limited to this arrangement.
  • the positioner 7 is controlled to position the arm base main body 50 so that it is positioned above the patient P and the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of the robot arm 3 attached to the arm attachment part 52 is oriented generally horizontally.
  • the angle between the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 and the horizontal plane is, for example, within the range of -30 degrees to +30 degrees.
  • the positioner 7 is also controlled to position the arm base main body 50 so that the second direction D2, which is the direction in which the arm attachment part 52 is oriented, is generally perpendicular to the direction in which the multiple port members 112 are arranged.
  • the surgical assistant then sets in the arm control unit 28 a remote center RC (predetermined center point) that is associated with each robot arm 3 in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the surgical assistant attaches, for example, a teaching surgical instrument 40 to the instrument holder 36 and moves the teaching surgical instrument 40 so that its tip is positioned in the center of the hole in the port member 112.
  • the surgical assistant then inputs an instruction to set the remote center RC into the operation unit 72.
  • the robot arms 3 and port members 112 are associated in a one-to-one correspondence so that the remote centers RC associated with each robot arm 3 are aligned in the order of the robot arms 3 in the first direction D1. That is, the robot arm 3A, which is the first from the right in the first direction D1, is associated with the port member 112, which is the first from the right in the first direction D1. Then, by calculating the remote center RC of this port member 112, the robot arm 3A is associated with the remote center RC, which is the first from the right in the first direction D1. The same applies to the other robot arms 3B, 3C, and 3D.
  • the surgical assistant or operator S replaces the teaching surgical instrument 40 with a surgical instrument 40 such as a forceps assembly 40A or an endoscope assembly 40B.
  • a surgical instrument 40 such as a forceps assembly 40A or an endoscope assembly 40B.
  • the robot arm 3 has its base end 80 extending generally horizontally.
  • the second link 82 and third link 83 connected to the bent first link 81 extend diagonally downward. More specifically, the second link 82 and third link 83 extend downward in the direction in which the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 extends (second direction D2), from the base end side of the base end 80 toward the tip end side (toward the toes of the patient P on the operating table 111).
  • the fourth link 84, fifth link 85, and sixth link 86 fold back with the elbow 11 as their vertex and extend diagonally downward.
  • the fourth link 84, the fifth link 85, and the sixth link 86 extend downward in the direction in which the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 extends, from the tip side of the base end portion 80 toward the base end side (toward the head side of the patient P on the operating table 111).
  • the arm control unit 28 does not accept operation from the operation device 2 while the surgical robot 1 (positioner 7, arm base 5, and multiple robot arms 3) moves from the storage position to the preparation position. Then, after the surgical robot 1 is positioned at the preparation position, the arm control unit 28 becomes able to accept operation from the operation device 2.
  • the arm control unit 28 generates operation commands based on operation input generated by the operator S operating the operation device 2. Then, in accordance with the operation commands generated based on the operation input from the operation device 2, the arm control unit 28 controls the operation of each robot arm 3 to appropriately change the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40.
  • the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arm 3 by restricting the posture of the surgical instrument 40 so that the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 inserted into the port member 112 passes through the remote center RC. This makes it possible to restrict in-plane movement of the port member 112 in the direction of the patient P's body surface.
  • the operation of moving the surgical instrument 40 to a target position and assume a target posture is achieved, for example, by an operation including the operation of joints including nine axes, joints J31 to J39.
  • the robot arm 3 has more degrees of freedom than are necessary to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40.
  • the robot arm 3 has redundancy. Therefore, the set of rotational positions (joint positions) of the multiple joints of the robot arm 3 corresponding to a certain target position and target posture of the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 (or the configuration of the robot arm 3 determined by the set of these angular positions) is not uniquely determined.
  • the operation of rotating the shaft portion 43 in a circumferential direction about its central axis C can be achieved not only by rotating the ninth joint J39, which is arranged coaxially with the central axis C, but also by rotating the tip portion 32 of the arm main body 30 in a circumferential direction about the central axis C. Therefore, the arm control unit 28 combines the movement of the arm main body 30 and the movement of the ninth joint J39 to control the circumferential rotation of the shaft portion 43 around the central axis C. The arm control unit 28 then operates the arm main body 30 and the ninth joint J39 to satisfy the following constraints among the movements that can be made to rotate the shaft portion 43 around the central axis C or to maintain the shaft portion 43 in the same circumferential position without rotating it.
  • the robot arm operating in the direction that shortens the proximity distance may be selected.
  • both robot arms 3 are operating in directions that bring them closer to each other, the following processing can also be performed.
  • a virtual line connecting the reference locations of the virtual models of the pair of robot arms 3.
  • the velocity vector components in the direction along this virtual line are calculated for each of the pair of robot arms 3. If the calculated value of the velocity vector component of one robot arm 3 is greater than the calculated value of the velocity vector component of the other robot arm 3, the robot arm 3 with the greater calculated value is selected as the robot arm 3 to be adjusted.
  • step S4 can also be performed by actually moving the robot arm 3. That is, in actual control, rather than on a model, the reference point RD is shifted slightly in either the positive or negative direction in the first direction D1 to slightly change the offset amount. This slightly changes the constraint condition for the ninth joint J39, which is set as the redundant axis. As a result, the instrument driver 38 of the instrument holder 36 is driven, causing the ninth joint J39 to rotate slightly. The slight rotation of the ninth joint J39 causes a slight change in the configuration of the robot arm 3 to be adjusted. This slightly changes the proximity distance between the arms.
  • the positive (or negative) direction in the first direction D1 is determined to be the adjustment direction.
  • the negative (or positive) direction in the first direction D1 is determined to be the adjustment direction for the offset amount. Note that even when the robot arm 3 is actually moved in step S4, it is the redundant axis (ninth joint J39) that is driven, and therefore the movement of the surgical instrument 40, which is controlled based on operation input from the operating device 2, is not affected.
  • step S5 the offset amount of the reference point RD in the first direction D1 is adjusted in the determined adjustment direction (step S5). Adjusting (changing) the offset amount of the reference point RD changes the constraint condition for the ninth joint J39, which is set as a redundant axis. As a result, the instrument driver 38 of the instrument holder 36 is driven and the ninth joint J39 rotates. At this time, the movement of the surgical instrument 40, which is controlled based on operation input from the operating device 2, is not affected. As the ninth joint J39 rotates due to the change in constraint condition, the configuration of the robot arm 3 to be adjusted changes, thereby increasing the proximity distance between the arms.
  • step S6 it is determined whether the difference between the proximity distance between the arms, which has increased due to adjustment of the offset amount of the reference point RD, and the minimum allowable distance is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold.
  • a predetermined threshold adjustment of the offset amount of the reference point RD is terminated (step S6).
  • the arm control unit 28 automatically maintains the proximity distance between the reference locations of the adjacent robot arms 3C and 3D models at or above the minimum allowable distance, preventing interruptions to the control of the position and posture of the end effector by the operating robot arm 3C (following operation). This ensures the continuity of treatment by the operator S.
  • the surgical field can be defined as a spherical region in the slave-side coordinate system in relation to the focal length and angle of view of the endoscope 12, based on, for example, at least one of the position and posture of the endoscope 12 that images the surgical site during surgery.
  • the surgical field designation means 76 of the positioner control unit 75 can designate a surgical field during surgery based on commands from the operator S input via, for example, the touch panel 23 of the operation device 2.
  • the surgical field designation means 76 may designate the surgical field by having the operator S use the annotation function to circle the field of view image of the endoscope 12 with a digitizer pen.
  • the surgical field designation means 76 designates a spatial region of a predetermined range (e.g., a spherical spatial region with a predetermined diameter) centered on the designated point as a virtual surgical field.
  • the surgical field designated by commands from the operator S in this way does not necessarily have to perfectly match the actual surgical field imaged by the endoscope 12, and may be a virtually defined surgical field in relation to the control of the surgical robot 1.
  • the arm control unit 28 may control the robot arm 3 to which the endoscope 12 is attached so that the surgical field designated by the operator S matches the surgical field imaged by the endoscope 12.
  • the surgical field estimation means 77 of the positioner control unit 75 is a means for automatically estimating the surgical field based on the inclination of the operating table 111. That is, if the inclination of the operating table 111 on which the patient P is placed changes during surgery, the surgical field estimation means 77 estimates the surgical field based on, for example, the inclination of the operating table 111 and the position and orientation of the endoscope 12.
  • the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to adjust the instrument operable range, which is defined as the range within which the surgical instrument 40 (more specifically, the end effector 44) can operate within the surgical field estimated by the surgical field estimation means 77, for at least one target robot arm 3 out of the multiple robot arms 3. This adjustment of the instrument operable range may be performed so as to maximize the instrument operable range. This point will be described in more detail later.
  • the manual arm selection means 78 of the positioner control unit 75 has the function of selecting a target robot arm 3 based on a command from the operator S.
  • the target robot arm 3 refers to, for example, the robot arm 3 to which the target surgical instrument 40 is attached, whose range of motion is to be maximized when the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to maximize the range of motion of the surgical instrument 40.
  • the target robot arm 3 also refers to the target robot arm 3 from which interference is to be avoided when the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to avoid interference between arms.
  • the target robot arm 3 may also be automatically selected by the automatic arm selection means 79, for example, as the robot arm 3 being operated by operation input from the operator S.
  • the positioner control unit 75 may have a function to maintain a certain distance between the arm base 5 and a virtual space preset around the arm base 5. For example, for a surgical assistant working near the operating table 111 during surgery, a space to which the surgical assistant may move during surgery is preset as a virtual workspace and stored in the memory 302 of the control device 4, and when the positioner control unit 75 adjusts the position and/or posture of the arm base 5, it adjusts it so that the distance between the set workspace and the arm base 5 is maintained at a certain distance or more. This reduces the possibility of the arm base 5 moving during surgery interfering with the surgical assistant.
  • the positioner control unit 75 controls the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 to change the configuration of the robot arm 3.
  • the positioner control unit 75 adjusts the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 based on the intraoperative condition (e.g., a change in the surgical field) that changes during surgery. For example, when the position and posture of the arm base 5 are as shown in FIG. 25A, if the second robot arm 3B equipped with the endoscope assembly 40B is operated based on operation input from the operator S, and the orientation (posture) of the endoscope 12 of the endoscope assembly 40B changes as shown in FIG. 25B, the position of the surgical field SF also changes accordingly. In response to this, the positioner control unit 75 changes the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 as shown in FIG. 25C.
  • the intraoperative condition e.g., a change in the surgical field
  • the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arms 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D while ensuring that the movement of the arm base 5 does not affect the movement of any of the surgical instruments 40A, 40B, 40C, and 40D. That is, when the position and/or orientation of the arm base 5 is changed by the positioner control unit 75, the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arms 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D while avoiding interference between the robot arms 3 and between the robot arms 3 and the positioner 7, so that the position and orientation of the forceps tip (end effector 44) and the endoscope 12 do not change.
  • the changed position and orientation of the arm base 5 maximizes the operable range of the surgical instrument 40 in relation to the changed surgical field, allowing the operator S to continue the surgery without hindrance, as shown in FIG. 25D.
  • Figure 26 shows a schematic diagram of the shaft portions 43 of the endoscope assembly 40B attached to the central robot arm 3 and the forceps assemblies 40A attached to the robot arms 3 on both sides penetrating the body wall BW of the patient P via port members (not shown).
  • the robot arms 3 control the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40, all three shaft portions 43 rotate around a pivot point PP set near the body wall BW of the patient P.
  • a surgical field SF is formed in front of the endoscope 12 of the endoscope assembly 40B (forward in the axial direction of the shaft portions 43).
  • a spherical surgical field SF defined inside the body is used as the evaluation area, and multiple grid points are created within the evaluation area.
  • the size of the surgical field SF may be determined depending on the details of the target surgery (surgical site, surgical procedure, etc.).
  • the reachability of the surgical instrument 40 for each of the multiple grid points created within the surgical field SF is then determined by simulation.
  • the reachability of the surgical instrument 40 to each grid point is determined, for example, as reachable if the distance between the tool center point (TCP) of the surgical instrument 40 and the grid point is less than a predetermined threshold, and as unreachable if it exceeds the predetermined threshold.
  • TCP tool center point
  • the position and posture of the arm base 5 as a virtual model are variously changed, and the position of the spherical surgical field SF as a virtual model is variously changed, and the reachability of the surgical instrument 40 to each grid point is evaluated. Then, if the number of reachable grid points for the target surgical field SF is, for example, 100 in the first position and orientation of the arm base 5 and 150 in the second position and orientation of the arm base 5, then the second position and orientation is evaluated as being better for the target surgical field SF.
  • the above-mentioned evaluation simulation is then performed in advance of the actual surgery, and the results are stored in the memory 302 of the control device 4.
  • the positioner control unit 75 controls the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 based on the simulation results stored in the memory 302, depending on the surgical field SF in the actual surgery. This ensures that the surgical instrument 40 can operate within a sufficient range in the changed surgical field SF, even if the surgical field SF is changed during surgery.
  • searching for the position and posture of the arm base 5 that maximizes the surgical instrument 40's operating range within the surgical field SF also searches for the position and posture of the arm base 5 that prevents interference between the robot arms 3.
  • This virtual space can be defined as a space in which other objects (e.g., surgical assistants) are expected to be present during surgery, for example.
  • the operable range of each robot arm 3 (i.e., the operable range of the surgical instrument 40) is widened on average.
  • the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 during surgery, thereby ensuring a sufficient operating range for the surgical instrument 40 within the surgical field, and reliably avoiding interference between the robot arm 3 and other surrounding objects, ensuring the continuity of the surgery by the operator (surgeon) S.
  • the above-mentioned method for adjusting the position and/or position of the arm base (arm base adjustment method) and the method for adjusting the constraint conditions of the redundant axis (constraint condition adjustment method) can be used either alone or both simultaneously.
  • the constraint condition adjustment method can be applied to avoid interference between the robot arm 3 and other surrounding objects (including other robot arms 3), while the arm base adjustment method can be applied to fully ensure the operable range of the surgical instrument 40 when the attitude of the endoscope 12 and/or the inclination of the operating table 111 is changed.
  • the constraint condition adjustment method can be used as the basis, but the arm base adjustment method can be applied when the constraint condition adjustment method cannot be used.
  • the arm base adjustment method can be used as the basis, but the constraint condition adjustment method can be applied when the arm base adjustment method cannot be used.
  • the operating table may be tilted to position the patient P in a way that makes it easier for the surgeon to perform the surgery, depending on the type of surgery or the situation.
  • a surgeon who directly grasps and operates surgical instruments such as forceps with their hands can more easily move their arms and hands, and it also makes it easier for a surgical assistant to operate an endoscope that is directly held in their hands.
  • the position and orientation of the arm base 5 can be adjusted by controlling the positioner 7 of the surgical robot 1 during surgery. This allows for effects similar to, or even greater than, adjusting the tilt of the operating table 111 to be achieved by adjusting the position and orientation of the arm base 5.
  • the robot arm 3 e.g., the second robot arm 3B
  • the endoscope assembly 40B is operated to change the position and/or orientation of the endoscope 12.
  • the control method for the surgical robot system according to the present embodiment described above can be implemented by a computer program.
  • the computer program can include computer code configured to instruct a computer to perform one or more functions of the control method described above.
  • the computer program and/or code for executing such a control method can be provided on one or more computer-readable media.
  • the computer-readable medium can be either transient or non-transient.
  • the computer-readable medium can be, for example, an electronic, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, or a propagation medium for data transmission, for example, for downloading code via the Internet.
  • circuits or processing circuits including general-purpose processors, special-purpose processors, integrated circuits, ASICs (Application Specific Integrated Circuits), conventional circuits, and/or combinations thereof, configured or programmed to perform the disclosed functions.
  • a processor is considered a processing circuit or circuit because it includes transistors and other circuitry.
  • a circuit, unit, or means is hardware that performs the recited functions or hardware that is programmed to perform the recited functions.
  • the hardware may be hardware disclosed herein or other known hardware that is programmed or configured to perform the recited functions. Where the hardware is a processor, which is considered a type of circuit, the circuit, means, or unit is a combination of hardware and software, and the software is used to configure the hardware and/or processor.
  • Aspect 1 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system comprising: a robotic arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument having a longitudinal axis can be attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that receives operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robotic arm based on the operation input, wherein the tip end has an instrument drive unit that rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis, and the control device controls the instrument drive unit to maintain a proximity distance between the robotic arm and an object present around the robotic arm that is equal to or greater than the minimum allowable distance.
  • Aspect 2 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 1, wherein the control device operates the instrument drive unit to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.
  • Aspect 3 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 1 or 2, wherein the proximity distance is the distance between a reference portion of the robot arm and the object, the robot arm has a translational movement mechanism that moves the surgical instrument along the longitudinal axis, and the reference portion includes at least a portion of the translational movement mechanism.
  • Aspect 4 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to any one of Aspects 1 to 3, wherein at least a portion of the surgical instrument is configured to be inserted into a port member provided in a patient, and the number of the plurality of drive axes of the robot arm is greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument with at least a portion of the surgical instrument inserted into the port member.
  • Aspect 5 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 4, wherein the control device determines the proximity distance based on an arm model generated by modeling at least a portion of the robot arm.
  • Aspect 9 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to Aspect 8, wherein the other robot arm has a tip end to which the other surgical instrument having a different longitudinal axis can be attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and posture of the other surgical instrument, the tip end of the other robot arm has a different instrument drive unit that rotates at least a portion of the other surgical instrument around the different longitudinal axis, and the control device adjusts the proximity distance by operating at least one of the instrument drive unit and the other instrument drive unit.
  • Aspect 10 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 9, wherein the control device selects, from among the robot arm and the other robot arm, a robot arm that is operating by operation through the operation input, as the robot arm to be adjusted, and adjusts the proximity distance by operating an instrument driving unit of the robot arm to be adjusted.
  • Aspect 15 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system comprising: a robotic arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument having a longitudinal axis is attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that receives operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robotic arm based on the operation input, wherein the control method for a surgical robot system comprises: an instrument drive unit that constitutes at least a part of the tip end, rotating at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis; and controlling the instrument drive unit to maintain a proximity distance between the robotic arm and an object present around the robotic arm that is greater than or equal to a minimum allowable distance.
  • Aspect 17 of the disclosure is a computer-readable medium storing computer-readable instructions that, when executed by a processor of a surgical robot system, cause the processor to execute a control method for the surgical robot system, the surgical robot system comprising: a robotic arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument having a longitudinal axis is attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; an operation device that accepts operation input from an operator to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robotic arm based on the operation input, the control method comprising: rotating at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis using an instrument drive unit that constitutes at least a part of the tip end; and controlling the instrument drive unit to maintain a proximity distance between the robotic arm and an object present around the robotic arm to be equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.
  • Aspect 18 of this disclosure is a computer-readable medium described in aspect 17, wherein the control method operates the instrument driver to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.
  • Aspect 19 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system comprising: a robot arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument can be attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that receives operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robot arm based on the operation input, wherein the control device defines at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft, controls the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions, and adjusts the constraint conditions to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm at or above an allowable minimum distance.
  • Aspect 20 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 19, wherein the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis and the redundant drive shaft rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis.
  • Aspect 21 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 20, wherein the control device operates the instrument drive unit to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.
  • Aspect 23 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system described in aspect 22, wherein the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis and the redundant drive shaft rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis.
  • Aspect 25 of the disclosure is a computer-readable medium storing computer-readable instructions that, when executed by a processor of a surgical robot system, cause the processor to execute a control method for the surgical robot system, the surgical robot system comprising: a robot arm having a tip end with a surgical instrument attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; an operation device that accepts operation input from an operator to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robot arm based on the operation input, the control method defining at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft, controlling the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions, and adjusting the constraint conditions to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm to be equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.
  • Aspect 26 of the disclosure is a computer-readable medium described in aspect 25, wherein the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis and the control method rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis by the redundant drive shaft.
  • Aspect 27 of this disclosure is a computer-readable medium described in Aspect 26, wherein the control method operates the instrument driver to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Robotics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Manipulator (AREA)

Abstract

A surgical robot system (10) is provided with: a plurality of robot arms (3) to each of which a surgical instrument (40) is mounted; an operation device (2) for receiving an operation input from an operator (S) for controlling the position and attitude of the surgical instrument (40); an arm control unit (28) for controlling the plurality of robot arms (3) on the basis of the operation input; a positioner (7) having an arm base (5) to which the plurality of robot arms (3) are mounted; and a positioner control unit (75) for controlling the positioner (7) to adjust the position and attitude of the arm base (5). The positioner control unit (75) adjusts at least one of the position and attitude of the arm base (5) during surgery. The arm control unit (28) controls the robot arm (3) without the movement of the surgical instrument (40) being affected by the adjustment of the position and/or attitude of the arm base (5) by the positioner control unit (75). The surgical robot system (10) can appropriately respond to changes in conditions during surgery.

Description

手術ロボットシステムおよびその制御方法Surgical robot system and control method thereof

 この開示は、手術ロボットシステムおよびその制御方法に関する。 This disclosure relates to a surgical robot system and a control method thereof.

 従来、手術器具を外科医が直接手に取って操作する手術方式に代えて、ロボットを利用して手術器具を操作して外科手術を行うための手術ロボットシステムが開示されている。手術ロボットシステムは、例えば、外科手術を受ける患者への負担を軽減することができる低侵襲外科手術(minimally invasive surgery)において使用される。 Instead of the conventional surgical method in which surgeons directly handle and operate surgical instruments, a surgical robot system has been disclosed that uses a robot to operate surgical instruments and perform surgical operations. Surgical robot systems are used, for example, in minimally invasive surgery, which can reduce the burden on patients undergoing surgery.

 手術ロボットシステムは、一般に、患者の傍に配置された手術ロボットと、外科医がリモートで手術ロボットを操作するための操作装置とを備えている。外科医が操作する操作装置は、例えば、患者が載置された手術ベッドが配置されている手術室の内部に配置される。手術ロボットは、ロボットアームを有し、ロボットアームには、手術器具が着脱可能に装着される。ロボットアームに装着される手術器具は、例えば、患者に設けられたポート部材に挿通可能な構成を備えている。ポート部材は、例えばトロカーまたはカニューレである。手術器具の種類は、鉗子、電気メス、ステープラー、内視鏡等であり、それらの中から手術の術式等に応じて適宜選択される。手術ロボットが複数のロボットアームを備えている場合には、ロボットアーム毎に異なる種類の手術器具を装着する場合もあるし、同じ種類の手術器具を2本またはより多くのロボットアームに装着する場合もある。例えば、1本のロボットアームに内視鏡を装着し、他の2本またはより多くのロボットアームに鉗子を装着する。 A surgical robot system generally comprises a surgical robot positioned next to the patient and an operating device that allows the surgeon to remotely operate the surgical robot. The operating device operated by the surgeon is, for example, located inside an operating room where a surgical bed on which the patient is placed is located. The surgical robot has a robotic arm, to which surgical instruments are detachably attached. The surgical instruments attached to the robotic arm are configured, for example, to be insertable into a port member provided on the patient. The port member is, for example, a trocar or cannula. Types of surgical instruments include forceps, electrocautery, staplers, endoscopes, etc., and are selected appropriately from among these depending on the surgical procedure, etc. When a surgical robot has multiple robotic arms, different types of surgical instruments may be attached to each robotic arm, or the same type of surgical instrument may be attached to two or more robotic arms. For example, an endoscope may be attached to one robotic arm and forceps to two or more other robotic arms.

 外科医(操作者)は、操作装置を操作して手術ロボットを操作することによって、ロボットアームに装着された手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御することができる。鉗子のように手術器具自身が関節等の可動部を有している場合には、手術器具の可動部の操作も操作装置によって行うことができる。これにより、手術器具の位置および姿勢(可動部を有する場合は可動部についても)を、外科医は、操作装置によって制御することができる。例えば、手術器具が、シャフト部の先端に一対のジョーを設けた構成を備える場合、外科医は、操作装置を操作することによって、手術器具全体の位置および姿勢を制御すると共に、一対のジョーの開閉操作、あるいはピッチ軸および/またはヨー軸回りの回転操作を制御することができる。また、シャフト部自身がその長手軸線周りに回転可能に構成されている場合には、外科医は、操作装置を操作することによって、手術器具のシャフト部の回転操作(ロール軸回りの操作)を行うことができる。 By operating the operating device to operate the surgical robot, the surgeon (operator) can control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument attached to the robotic arm. If the surgical instrument itself has movable parts such as joints, such as forceps, the operating device can also be used to operate the movable parts of the surgical instrument. This allows the surgeon to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument (and the movable parts, if any) using the operating device. For example, if the surgical instrument is configured with a pair of jaws at the tip of the shaft, the surgeon can control the position and orientation of the entire surgical instrument by operating the operating device, as well as control the opening and closing of the pair of jaws, or the rotation around the pitch axis and/or yaw axis. Furthermore, if the shaft itself is configured to be rotatable around its longitudinal axis, the surgeon can rotate the shaft of the surgical instrument (around the roll axis) by operating the operating device.

 従来の手術ロボットシステムの中には、複数のロボットアームが装着されたアームベースを有するポジショナを備えたものがある。(例えば、特許文献1参照)。この従来の手術ロボットシステムにおいては、例えば患者の体壁を貫通するポート部材(カニューレ、トロカー等)の位置に応じて、手術の開始前にポジショナによってアームベースが位置決めされる。 Some conventional surgical robot systems are equipped with a positioner having an arm base to which multiple robot arms are attached (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In these conventional surgical robot systems, the arm base is positioned by the positioner before the start of surgery, depending on, for example, the position of a port member (cannula, trocar, etc.) that penetrates the patient's body wall.

国際公開第2022/138495号International Publication No. 2022/138495

 従来の手術ロボットシステムにおいては、手術の開始前にアームベースを位置決めしたら、いったん位置決めしたアームベースを手術中に変更することは基本的に想定されておらず、手術中の状況の変化への対応に関してさらなる改善の余地がある。 In conventional surgical robot systems, once the arm base is positioned before the start of surgery, it is not generally assumed that the arm base will be changed during surgery, and there is room for further improvement in terms of responding to changing situations during surgery.

 この開示は、上記のような課題を解決するためになされたものであり、この開示の1つの目的は、手術中の状況の変化に適切に対応することができる手術ロボットシステムおよびその制御方法を提供することである。 This disclosure has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems, and one purpose of this disclosure is to provide a surgical robot system and a control method thereof that can appropriately respond to changes in the situation during surgery.

(態様1)
 この開示の態様1は、
 複数のロボットアームであって、前記複数のロボットアームの各々に手術器具が装着される、複数のロボットアームと、
 前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、
 前記操作入力に基づいて前記複数のロボットアームを制御するアーム制御部と、
 前記複数のロボットアームが装着されたアームベースを有するポジショナと、
 前記ポジショナを制御して前記アームベースの位置および姿勢を調整するポジショナ制御部と、を備え、
 前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整し、
 前記アーム制御部は、前記ポジショナ制御部による前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方の調整によって前記手術器具の運動が影響を受けることなく、前記複数のロボットアームを制御する、手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 1)
Aspect 1 of this disclosure is
a plurality of robotic arms, each of the plurality of robotic arms having a surgical instrument attached thereto;
an operating device that receives an operation input from an operator to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument;
an arm control unit that controls the plurality of robot arms based on the operation input;
a positioner having an arm base on which the plurality of robot arms are mounted;
a positioner control unit that controls the positioner to adjust the position and attitude of the arm base,
the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base during surgery;
The arm control unit is a surgical robot system that controls the multiple robot arms without the movement of the surgical instrument being affected by adjustment of at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base by the positioner control unit.

(態様2)
 この開示の態様2は、前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に変化する術中状態に基づいて前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整する、態様1記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 2)
Aspect 2 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in aspect 1, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the posture of the arm base based on intraoperative conditions that change during surgery.

(態様3)
 この開示の態様3は、前記ポジショナ制御部は、前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、前記複数のロボットアームのうちの少なくとも1つである対象のロボットアームについて、術野内で前記手術器具が動作できる領域として規定される器具動作可能範囲を調整する、態様2記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 3)
Aspect 3 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system as described in Aspect 2, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base to adjust an instrument operating range, which is defined as the area in which the surgical instrument can operate within the surgical field, for a target robot arm that is at least one of the plurality of robot arms.

(態様4)
 この開示の態様4は、前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に変化する前記術野に基づいて前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整する、態様3記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 4)
Aspect 4 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 3, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the posture of the arm base based on the surgical field changing during surgery.

(態様5)
 この開示の態様5は、前記術野は、手術中に手術部位を撮像する撮像装置の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方に基づいて規定される、態様4記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 5)
Aspect 5 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 4, wherein the surgical field is defined based on at least one of the position and orientation of an imaging device that images the surgical site during surgery.

(態様6)
 この開示の態様6は、前記操作者からの指令に基づいて手術中に前記術野を指定する術野指定手段を有する、態様4または5に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 6)
Aspect 6 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 4 or 5, which has a surgical field designation means for designating the surgical field during surgery based on a command from the operator.

(態様7)
 この開示の態様7は、手術台の傾きに基づいて前記術野を自動的に推定する術野推定手段を有する、態様4ないし6のいずれか一項記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 7)
Aspect 7 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to any one of aspects 4 to 6, which includes a surgical field estimation means for automatically estimating the surgical field based on the inclination of the operating table.

(態様8)
 この開示の態様8は、前記操作者からの指令に基づいて前記対象のロボットアームを選択する手動アーム選択手段を有する、態様3ないし7のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 8)
Aspect 8 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 3 to 7, which has a manual arm selection means for selecting the target robot arm based on a command from the operator.

(態様9)
 この開示の態様9は、前記操作者からの前記操作入力によって操作されているロボットアームを前記対象のロボットアームとして選択する自動アーム選択手段を有する、態様3ないし7のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 9)
Aspect 9 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 3 to 7, having an automatic arm selection means for selecting the robot arm being operated by the operation input from the operator as the target robot arm.

(態様10)
 この開示の態様10は、前記ポジショナ制御部は、前記アームベースの周囲に予め設定された仮想空間と前記アームベースとの距離を一定以上に維持する、態様1ないし9のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 10)
Aspect 10 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 9, in which the positioner control unit maintains a distance between the arm base and a virtual space preset around the arm base at a constant value or greater.

(態様11)
 この開示の態様11は、前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、前記複数のロボットアームのうちの1つのロボットアームと、前記複数のロボットアームのうちの他の1つのロボットアームとの干渉を回避する、態様1ないし10のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 11)
Aspect 11 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of Aspects 1 to 10, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base during surgery to avoid interference between one robot arm of the plurality of robot arms and another robot arm of the plurality of robot arms.

(態様12)
 この開示の態様12は、
 前記複数のロボットアームのそれぞれは複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数が、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きく、
 前記アーム制御部は、前記複数の駆動軸のうちの少なくとも1つを冗長な駆動軸として規定し、前記冗長な駆動軸を前記操作入力および拘束条件に基づいて制御し、 
 前記拘束条件を調整して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、態様1ないし11のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。 
(Aspect 12)
Aspect 12 of this disclosure is
each of the plurality of robot arms has a plurality of drive axes, the number of the plurality of drive axes being greater than a minimum number of degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument;
the arm control unit defines at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft and controls the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions;
12. A surgical robot system according to any one of aspects 1 to 11, wherein the constraint conditions are adjusted to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.

(態様13)
 この開示の態様13は、
 前記手術器具は、長手軸線を有し、
 前記冗長な駆動軸は、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様12記載の手術ロボットシステムである。 
(Aspect 13)
Aspect 13 of this disclosure is
the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis;
13. The surgical robot system of claim 12, wherein the redundant drive shaft rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis.

(態様14)
 この開示の態様14は、前記アーム制御部は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様13記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 14)
Aspect 14 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 13, wherein the arm control unit rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.

(態様15)
 この開示の態様15は、前記ポジショナは、垂直多関節型ロボットを含む、態様1ないし14のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 15)
Aspect 15 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 14, wherein the positioner includes a vertical articulated robot.

 この開示の手術ロボットシステムおよびその制御方法によれば、手術中の状況の変化に適切に対応することができる The surgical robot system and control method disclosed here can appropriately respond to changes in the situation during surgery.

一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの概略構成を示す斜視図。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの概略構成を示す平面図。FIG. 1 is a plan view showing a schematic configuration of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの概略構成を示す側面図。FIG. 1 is a side view showing a schematic configuration of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの概略構成を示す他の側面図。FIG. 2 is another side view showing the schematic configuration of the surgical robot system according to the embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットを示した側面図。FIG. 1 is a side view showing a surgical robot of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの一部を示した斜視図。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a portion of a surgical robot of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムのロボットアームに装着される手術器具の概略構成を示した斜視図。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a surgical instrument attached to a robot arm of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムのロボットアームに装着される他の手術器具の概略構成を示した斜視図。FIG. 10 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of another surgical instrument attached to the robot arm of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御装置のシステム構成を模式的に示したブロック図。FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a system configuration of a control device of a surgical robot system according to an embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムのロボットアームおよび手術器具の概略構成を示した斜視図。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a robot arm and a surgical instrument of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムのロボットアームの先端部および同先端部に装着された手術器具の概略構成を示した斜視図。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a distal end of a robot arm of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment and a surgical instrument attached to the distal end. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムのロボットアームの先端部の概略構成を示した斜視図。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a distal end portion of a robot arm of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムのアームベースおよび同アームベースに装着されたロボットアームの概略構成を示した図。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration of an arm base and a robot arm attached to the arm base of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの駆動制御系の構成を模式的に示したブロック図。FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a schematic configuration of a drive control system of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの動作例を示した図。FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the operation of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの動作例を示した他の図。FIG. 10 is another diagram showing an example of the operation of the surgical robot system according to the embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの動作例を示したさらに他の図。FIG. 10 is yet another diagram showing an example of the operation of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法において使用されるロボットアームの仮想モデルおよび参照部位を示した模式図。1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a virtual model of a robot arm and reference sites used in a control method for a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. FIG. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を概略的に示したフローチャート。1 is a flowchart illustrating a control method for a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を説明するための模式図。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を説明するための他の模式図。FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram for explaining the control method of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を説明するためのさらに他の模式図。FIG. 10 is yet another schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの概略系統を示したブロック図。FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a schematic system of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作例を示した図。10A to 10C are diagrams illustrating an example of the operation of a surgical robot in a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作例を示した他の図。10A and 10B are diagrams illustrating other examples of the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作例を示したさらに他の図。FIG. 10 is yet another diagram showing an example of the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作を説明するための図。1A and 1B are diagrams for explaining the operation of a surgical robot in a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作を説明するための他の図。10A and 10B are other diagrams for explaining the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作を説明するためのさらに他の図。FIG. 10 is yet another diagram for explaining the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットの動作を説明するためのさらに他の図。FIG. 10 is yet another diagram for explaining the operation of the surgical robot of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を説明するための模式図。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を説明するための他の模式図。FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram for explaining the control method of the surgical robot system according to one embodiment. 一実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を説明するためのさらに他の模式図。FIG. 10 is yet another schematic diagram for explaining a control method of a surgical robot system according to one embodiment.

 以下、本開示を具体化した実施形態について説明する。 The following describes embodiments that embody this disclosure.

 本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムは、全体として、マスタースレーブ型のマニピュレータで構成されたロボットシステムである。マスター側ユニットを構成する操作装置には、操作者(施術者である外科医)が手でその位置および姿勢を操作することができるハンドコントロールが設けられている。マスター側に設定された座標系におけるハンドコントロールの位置および姿勢の座標(マスター側座標)は、スレーブ側に設定された座標系における位置および姿勢の座標(スレーブ側座標)に写像(マッピング)される。マスター側座標とスレーブ側座標との間の写像においては、スケーリングを導入することもできる。例えば、マスター側座標の変化量よりも、スレーブ側座標の変化量が小さくなるようにスケーリング係数を設定しても良い。 The surgical robot system according to this embodiment is a robot system composed entirely of master-slave manipulators. The operating device that constitutes the master unit is equipped with a hand control that allows the operator (the surgeon who is performing the procedure) to manually manipulate its position and orientation. The coordinates of the hand control's position and orientation in a coordinate system set on the master side (master coordinates) are mapped to the coordinates of its position and orientation in a coordinate system set on the slave side (slave coordinates). Scaling can also be introduced in the mapping between the master coordinates and the slave coordinates. For example, a scaling coefficient can be set so that the amount of change in the slave coordinates is smaller than the amount of change in the master coordinates.

 操作者が手でハンドコントロールを操作することにより、マスター側座標が変化し、これに応じてスレーブ側座標が変化する。手術ロボットシステムの制御装置は、スレーブ側座標(位置および姿勢)から、スレーブ側ユニットを構成する手術ロボットのロボットアームの複数の駆動軸の各々の軸値を計算によって解いて求める。制御装置は、計算によって求めた軸値に基づいて、スレーブ側ユニットの駆動軸の動作を制御する。 When the operator operates the hand control, the master coordinates change, and the slave coordinates change accordingly. The surgical robot system's control device calculates the axis values of each of the multiple drive axes of the robot arm of the surgical robot that makes up the slave unit from the slave coordinates (position and orientation). The control device controls the operation of the drive axes of the slave unit based on the axis values calculated.

 なお、本明細書においてロボットアームの駆動軸は、ロボットアームの関節である場合もあるし、あるいは、手術器具に含まれる関節(被駆動軸)を駆動するためにロボットアーム側に設けられた駆動軸の場合もある。 In this specification, the drive shaft of a robot arm may be a joint of the robot arm, or it may be a drive shaft provided on the robot arm to drive a joint (driven shaft) included in a surgical instrument.

 本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの手術ロボットのロボットアームは、冗長性を有している。すなわち、ロボットアームによって達成すべきタスクにおいて要求される自由度は、ロボットアームが備えている自由度(すなわち、駆動軸の数)よりも小さい。逆に言えば、ロボットアームの自由度は、タスクのために必要な自由度よりも大きい。ロボットアームによって達成すべきタスクにおいて要求される自由度とは、典型的には、ロボットアームの先端部に着脱可能に装着された手術器具の位置および姿勢の制御(というタスク)のために必要な自由度である。ここで、ロボットアームの自由度を決定する駆動軸の数には、ロボットアームの先端部に装着された手術器具自身が備えている関節(手術器具の可動部の関節)を制御するための駆動軸の数、および/または手術器具全体をロボットアームの先端部に対して相対的に回転させるための駆動軸の数が含まれる。 The robot arm of the surgical robot in the surgical robot system according to this embodiment has redundancy. That is, the degrees of freedom required for the task to be accomplished by the robot arm are fewer than the degrees of freedom (i.e., the number of drive axes) that the robot arm has. Conversely, the degrees of freedom of the robot arm are greater than the degrees of freedom required for the task. The degrees of freedom required for the task to be accomplished by the robot arm are typically the degrees of freedom required for (the task of) controlling the position and orientation of a surgical instrument detachably attached to the tip of the robot arm. Here, the number of drive axes that determines the degrees of freedom of the robot arm includes the number of drive axes for controlling the joints (joints of the movable parts of the surgical instrument) of the surgical instrument itself attached to the tip of the robot arm, and/or the number of drive axes for rotating the entire surgical instrument relative to the tip of the robot arm.

 このようにスレーブ側ユニットを構成する手術ロボットのロボットアームが冗長性を有している場合、スレーブ側座標からロボットアームの各軸値を逆運動学計算によって求める際の解(複数の軸値の組合せ)が一意には決まらず、解が無限に存在する。このため、ロボットアームの各軸値を決定することができず、このままではロボットアームの動作を制御することができない。 When the robot arm of the surgical robot that makes up the slave unit has redundancy like this, there is no unique solution (combination of multiple axis values) when calculating each axis value of the robot arm from the slave coordinates using inverse kinematics calculations; there are an infinite number of solutions. As a result, it is not possible to determine each axis value of the robot arm, and as it is, it is not possible to control the movement of the robot arm.

 ロボットアームが冗長性を有する場合、タスクを達成するという観点からは必ずしも動作させる必要がない余分な軸が存在することになる。このような余分な軸を冗長軸と呼ぶことができる。ロボットアーム全体として軸数が余分にある状態なので、ロボットアームを構成する複数の軸のうちの特定の軸が、必然的に冗長軸として決まるわけではない。すなわち、冗長性を有するロボットアームについての逆運動学計算において、どの軸を冗長軸として扱うかは、ロボットアームの構成によって必然的に決まる所与の条件ではなく、事後的に決定すべき事項である。 When a robot arm has redundancy, there will be extra axes that do not necessarily need to be operated from the perspective of completing a task. These extra axes can be called redundant axes. Because the robot arm as a whole has an extra number of axes, it is not necessarily the case that any particular axis among the multiple axes that make up the robot arm will be determined as a redundant axis. In other words, in inverse kinematics calculations for a robot arm with redundancy, which axis to treat as a redundant axis is not a given condition that is necessarily determined by the configuration of the robot arm, but rather is something that must be decided after the fact.

 本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法においては、ロボットアームにおける1つの冗長自由度に対して1つの駆動軸を割り当てて、このように冗長自由度が割り当てられた駆動軸を冗長軸として位置付けている。例えば、手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な自由度がnであり、ロボットアームの自由度(駆動軸の数)がn+3の場合、ロボットアームには3つの冗長自由度が存在することになる。この場合、ロボットアームのn+3個の駆動軸の中から3つの駆動軸を冗長軸として選定すると共に、選定された3つの駆動軸のそれぞれを、3つの冗長自由度のそれぞれに割り当てる。なお、手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な自由度は、例えば、手術器具のシャフト部の先端部に設けられたエンドエフェクタの3次元空間(例えば患者の体内)における運動に関する6つの自由度である。 In the control method for the surgical robot system according to this embodiment, one drive axis is assigned to one redundant degree of freedom in the robot arm, and the drive axis to which this redundant degree of freedom is assigned is positioned as the redundant axis. For example, if the number of degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of a surgical instrument is n and the number of degrees of freedom (number of drive axes) of the robot arm is n+3, then the robot arm will have three redundant degrees of freedom. In this case, three drive axes are selected as redundant axes from the n+3 drive axes of the robot arm, and each of the selected three drive axes is assigned to one of the three redundant degrees of freedom. The degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of a surgical instrument are, for example, six degrees of freedom related to the movement of the end effector attached to the tip of the shaft of the surgical instrument in three-dimensional space (e.g., inside the patient's body).

 また、患者の体表面に設けられたポート部材(トロカーまたはカニューレ)に手術器具のシャフト部が挿入されている場合、ポート部材と共に傾動動作する手術器具のシャフト部の傾動動作の回転中心(ピボット点)を設定しても良い。この場合、手術器具のシャフト部の長手軸線が常に回転中心(ピボット点)またはその近傍を通るように手術器具の運動を制御する必要がある。このため、手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な自由度nは、さらに2つ増えて合計8個になる。 Furthermore, when the shaft portion of the surgical instrument is inserted into a port member (trocar or cannula) placed on the surface of the patient's body, a center of rotation (pivot point) for the tilting movement of the shaft portion of the surgical instrument, which tilts together with the port member, may be set. In this case, the movement of the surgical instrument must be controlled so that the longitudinal axis of the shaft portion of the surgical instrument always passes through the center of rotation (pivot point) or its vicinity. As a result, the number of degrees of freedom n required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument increases by two, for a total of eight.

 なお、本明細書において手術器具のシャフト部は、手術器具の全体または一部を構成する部材または部分であって、長手軸線を有する細長状の部分または部材である。手術器具のシャフト部には、関節を含むもの、可撓性を有するものが含まれる。 In this specification, the term "shaft portion of a surgical instrument" refers to a member or section that constitutes the entire or part of a surgical instrument, and is an elongated portion or member having a longitudinal axis. Shaft portions of surgical instruments include those that include joints and those that are flexible.

 本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法では、ロボットアームが有する冗長な自由度の数だけ拘束条件を追加している。本実施形態におけるロボットアームは複数の冗長な自由度を有しており、それに合わせて複数の拘束条件が設定されている。また、本実施形態においては、ロボットアームの複数の駆動軸の中から、冗長な自由度の数と同じ数の駆動軸を冗長軸として選定すると共に、1つの冗長軸に対して1つの拘束条件を設定している。なお、実際の駆動軸と冗長軸とを、1対1で対応させても良いが、必ずしも1対1で対応させる方式に限定されない。例えば、2つの駆動軸の軸値の関係を冗長軸として扱うこともできる。具体例としては、ある1つの駆動軸の軸値をθ1、他の1つの駆動軸の軸値をθ2とした場合、θ1+θ2=θという拘束式で規定されるθを、新しい(仮想的な)冗長軸の軸値とみなすことができる。拘束条件は、例えば、その拘束条件に対応する冗長軸の動作を、ロボットアームの複数の駆動軸の軸値の組み合わせによって決まるロボットアームの形体(configuration)との関係で拘束するものである。すなわち、拘束条件によってロボットアームの形体について制約が加えられ、その拘束条件に対応する冗長軸の動作は、ロボットアームの形体の変化が、拘束条件によって制約された範囲内に収まるように制御される。この点については、図15等を参照して後ほど詳述する。 In the control method for the surgical robot system according to this embodiment, constraints are added for the number of redundant degrees of freedom possessed by the robot arm. The robot arm in this embodiment has multiple redundant degrees of freedom, and multiple constraints are set accordingly. Furthermore, in this embodiment, from the multiple drive axes of the robot arm, drive axes equal in number to the number of redundant degrees of freedom are selected as redundant axes, and one constraint is set for each redundant axis. Note that, while actual drive axes and redundant axes may correspond one-to-one, this is not necessarily the case. For example, the relationship between the axis values of two drive axes can also be treated as a redundant axis. As a specific example, if the axis value of one drive axis is θ1 and the axis value of the other drive axis is θ2, the θ defined by the constraint equation θ1 + θ2 = θ can be considered as the axis value of a new (virtual) redundant axis. A constraint, for example, constrains the operation of the redundant axis corresponding to that constraint in relation to the configuration of the robot arm, which is determined by the combination of the axis values of the multiple drive axes of the robot arm. In other words, constraints are imposed on the configuration of the robot arm, and the operation of the redundant axis corresponding to those constraints is controlled so that changes in the configuration of the robot arm remain within the range constrained by the constraints. This point will be described in more detail later, with reference to Figure 15, etc.

 このようにロボットアームの制御において複数の拘束条件を設けることにより、複数の冗長軸を有するロボットアームを備えた本実施形態において、手術器具のエンドエフェクタの位置および姿勢からロボットアームの駆動軸の軸値(関節変数の値)を算出するに際して、定まった解を算出することができる。すなわち、本実施形態においては、手術器具のエンドエフェクタの位置および姿勢が決まれば、拘束条件によって冗長軸の軸値(関節変数の値)が一意に決まる。例えば、拘束条件は、エンドエフェクタの位置および姿勢に基づいて冗長軸の軸値を一意に決めるための数式で構成することができる。このように冗長軸の軸値を拘束条件によって決定することができるので、冗長軸以外の複数の駆動軸については、冗長軸が存在しない場合と同様の逆運動学計算を適用することができる。なお、冗長軸の軸値は、関節位置(joint position)、あるいは関節角度(joint angle)と呼ぶこともできる。 By setting multiple constraints in the control of the robot arm in this way, in this embodiment, which is equipped with a robot arm with multiple redundant axes, a definite solution can be calculated when calculating the axis values (joint variable values) of the drive axes of the robot arm from the position and posture of the end effector of the surgical instrument. In other words, in this embodiment, once the position and posture of the end effector of the surgical instrument are determined, the axis values (joint variable values) of the redundant axes are uniquely determined by the constraints. For example, the constraints can be configured as mathematical expressions that uniquely determine the axis values of the redundant axes based on the position and posture of the end effector. Because the axis values of the redundant axes can be determined by the constraints in this way, the same inverse kinematics calculations as when there are no redundant axes can be applied to multiple drive axes other than the redundant axes. The axis values of the redundant axes can also be called joint positions or joint angles.

 冗長軸の拘束条件は、ロボットアームが有する複数の駆動軸(複数の関節)のうち、どの軸を冗長軸として扱うかということにも関連する。すなわち、ロボットアームが有する複数の駆動軸のうち、どの軸を冗長軸として選定するかによって、冗長軸の拘束条件の内容が変わり得る。また、冗長軸の拘束条件は、アーム同士の干渉回避等の観点から決定することができる。例えば、アーム同士の干渉が起こりにくいであろうと想定される動作範囲内でロボットアームが動作するように、冗長軸の拘束条件を設定することができる。 The constraint conditions for redundant axes are also related to which of the multiple drive axes (multiple joints) of a robot arm is treated as a redundant axis. In other words, the content of the constraint conditions for redundant axes can change depending on which of the multiple drive axes of a robot arm is selected as a redundant axis. Furthermore, the constraint conditions for redundant axes can be determined from the perspective of avoiding interference between arms. For example, the constraint conditions for redundant axes can be set so that the robot arm operates within a range of motion where interference between arms is unlikely to occur.

 上記の通り、アーム同士の干渉回避等の観点から冗長軸の拘束条件を決定することができるが、いったん決定した拘束条件の内容が、常に最適なものであるとは限らない。例えば、ある手術を行うにあたって、手術中の、ある局面においては適切にアーム干渉回避効果を発揮できたとしても、手術中の別の局面においては、当初予定した通りのアーム干渉回避効果が必ずしも得られないということもあり得る。 As mentioned above, the constraint conditions for redundant axes can be determined from the perspective of avoiding interference between arms, but the content of the constraint conditions once determined is not always optimal. For example, when performing a certain surgery, even if the arm interference avoidance effect can be properly achieved at one stage during the surgery, the arm interference avoidance effect originally intended may not necessarily be achieved at another stage during the surgery.

 そこで、本実施形態においては、冗長軸の拘束条件を、いったん設定したら変更しない固定的なものとして位置付けるのではなく、例えば手術中においても、その時々の状況に応じて動的に変更できるものとした。すなわち、本実施形態においては、例えば手術を開始する前の時点(セットアップの時点等)で設定した冗長軸の拘束条件を、手術を開始した後、例えば操作者(外科医)によるフォローイング動作の最中において、その時々の状況に応じて動的に変更することができる。 In this embodiment, the constraint conditions for redundant axes are not positioned as fixed conditions that are not changed once they are set, but can be dynamically changed according to the situation at any given time, even during surgery. In other words, in this embodiment, the constraint conditions for redundant axes that are set, for example, before the start of surgery (at the time of setup, etc.) can be dynamically changed according to the situation at any given time after the start of surgery, for example, during the following operation by the operator (surgeon).

 冗長軸の拘束条件が変更されると、それに起因してロボットアームの複数の駆動軸(関節)の軸値が変わる。すなわち、ロボットアームの複数の駆動軸の軸値は、操作装置からの操作入力に基づいて生成されたエンドエフェクタの位置および姿勢の指令値に基づく演算処理によって求められるが、この演算処理は、冗長軸の拘束条件に関連する内容を含んでいる。そのため、冗長軸の拘束条件が変更されると、エンドエフェクタの位置および姿勢の指令値からロボットアームの複数の駆動軸(関節)の軸値を求める際の演算処理の内容が変わり、演算処理の結果として得られる複数の駆動軸の軸値も変わる。 When the constraint conditions for the redundant axes are changed, the axis values of the multiple drive axes (joints) of the robot arm change accordingly. In other words, the axis values of the multiple drive axes of the robot arm are determined by calculation based on command values for the position and orientation of the end effector generated based on operation input from the operating device, and this calculation includes content related to the constraint conditions of the redundant axes. Therefore, when the constraint conditions for the redundant axes are changed, the content of the calculation process used to determine the axis values of the multiple drive axes (joints) of the robot arm from the command values for the position and orientation of the end effector changes, and the axis values of the multiple drive axes obtained as a result of the calculation also change.

 ここで、冗長軸の拘束条件に関連するロボットアームの駆動軸の動作は、エンドエフェクタの運動に影響を与えない。したがって、冗長軸の拘束条件を変更したことに起因してロボットアームの複数の駆動軸の軸値が変わっても、それによってエンドエフェクタの運動が影響を受けることはない。冗長軸の拘束条件を変更することに起因してロボットアームの複数の駆動軸の軸値が変わると、それに応じてロボットアームの形体(configuration)が変わる。ロボットアームの形体は、絶対座標系(あるいは世界座標系)においてロボットアームが占有する空間領域として定義することができる。したがって、冗長軸の拘束条件を変更することによって、ロボットアームが占有する、絶対座標系での空間領域を変更することができる。冗長軸の拘束条件の変更によるロボットアームの占有空間領域の変更は、エンドエフェクタの運動に影響を与えることなく実現することができる。すなわち、冗長軸の拘束条件を変更することによって、エンドエフェクタの運動に影響を与えることなく、ロボットアームの占有空間領域を変更することができる。 Here, the operation of the robot arm's drive axes related to the constraints of the redundant axes does not affect the movement of the end effector. Therefore, even if the axis values of the robot arm's multiple drive axes change due to a change in the constraints of the redundant axes, this does not affect the movement of the end effector. When the axis values of the robot arm's multiple drive axes change due to a change in the constraints of the redundant axes, the configuration of the robot arm changes accordingly. The configuration of a robot arm can be defined as the spatial region occupied by the robot arm in the absolute coordinate system (or world coordinate system). Therefore, by changing the constraints of the redundant axes, it is possible to change the spatial region occupied by the robot arm in the absolute coordinate system. Changing the spatial region occupied by the robot arm due to a change in the constraints of the redundant axes can be achieved without affecting the movement of the end effector. In other words, by changing the constraints of the redundant axes, it is possible to change the spatial region occupied by the robot arm without affecting the movement of the end effector.

 上記の通り、エンドエフェクタの運動に影響を与えることなくロボットアームの形体を変更してその占有空間領域を変更することができるので、例えば、操作者(施術者)が操作装置を操作して施術を行っている最中(いわゆるフォローイング動作の最中)に、アーム同士が接近して干渉する可能性がある場合には、操作者による施術を中断させることなく(すなわちフォローイング動作を中断させることなく)、制御装置が冗長軸の拘束条件を動的に変更することによって、アーム同士の干渉を事前に回避することができる。 As described above, the shape of the robot arm can be changed to change its occupied spatial area without affecting the movement of the end effector. Therefore, for example, if there is a possibility that the arms will come close to each other and interfere with each other while an operator (practitioner) is operating the control device to perform treatment (during a so-called following operation), the control device can dynamically change the constraint conditions of the redundant axis, preventing the arms from interfering with each other in advance, without interrupting the operator's treatment (i.e., without interrupting the following operation).

 もし仮にアーム同士の干渉が生じて手術ロボットが停止した場合には、患者の安全を考慮しつつ、手術ロボットの停止状態(ロック状態)を解除する必要がある。例えば、手術器具をいったんポート部材から引き抜いて、ロボットアームを適切な形体に変更し、改めて手術器具をロボットアームに装着してから、手術ロボットの停止状態を解除する必要があるかも知れない。このようにアーム同士の干渉によって手術ロボットがいったん停止すると、これを解除するために手間と時間がかかり、その間は手術が中断されてしまう。これに対して、本実施形態によれば、アーム同士の干渉を事前に回避することができるので、手術ロボットの停止とその後の復旧作業によって手術が中断されることを確実に防止することができる。このように本実施形態によれば、手術ロボットシステムを用いた手術において、操作者による手術の継続性を確実に担保することができる。 If interference between arms occurs and the surgical robot stops, it is necessary to release the surgical robot from its stopped state (locked state) while taking the patient's safety into consideration. For example, it may be necessary to pull the surgical instrument out of the port member, reconfigure the robot arm to the appropriate shape, and then reattach the surgical instrument to the robot arm before releasing the surgical robot from its stopped state. Once the surgical robot stops due to interference between arms in this way, it takes time and effort to release the arm, and the surgery is interrupted during that time. In contrast, this embodiment can prevent interference between arms in advance, thereby reliably preventing the surgery from being interrupted by the surgical robot stopping and the subsequent recovery work. In this way, this embodiment can reliably ensure the continuity of the surgery by the operator in surgery using a surgical robot system.

 以下では、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムおよびその制御方法について、図面を参照して説明する。 The surgical robot system and its control method according to this embodiment will be described below with reference to the drawings.

 図1乃至図3に示したように、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10は、スレーブ側のユニットの少なくとも一部を構成する手術ロボット1と、マスター側のユニットの少なくとも一部を構成する操作装置2とを備えている。操作装置2は、手術室内において手術台111の傍らに配置されている。なお、操作装置2は、手術室内において手術台111の傍ではなく、もっと離れた位置に配置しても良いし、あるいは、手術室の外部に配置しても良い。手術ロボットシステム10を使用して手術を行う操作者(外科医)Sは、施術中においては、操作装置2を操作するために、手術ロボット1側ではなく操作装置2側に位置している。手術が行われる患者Pは、手術ロボット1の傍らに配置された手術台111の上に載置されている。 As shown in Figures 1 to 3, the surgical robot system 10 according to this embodiment comprises a surgical robot 1 constituting at least a part of the slave unit, and an operating device 2 constituting at least a part of the master unit. The operating device 2 is placed beside the operating table 111 in the operating room. The operating device 2 may be placed at a location further away from the operating table 111 in the operating room, or it may be placed outside the operating room. The operator (surgeon) S who performs surgery using the surgical robot system 10 is located on the operating device 2 side, not the surgical robot 1 side, during the procedure in order to operate the operating device 2. The patient P on whom the surgery is to be performed is placed on the operating table 111 placed beside the surgical robot 1.

 操作者Sは、手術器具40の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作入力を操作装置2に入力する。操作装置2に入力された操作入力は、有線または無線により手術ロボット1のアーム制御部28に伝達される。アーム制御部28は、操作装置2に入力された操作入力に基づいて、手術ロボット1における動作指令を生成する。手術ロボット1は、この動作指令に基づいて操作される。このように操作装置2は、手術ロボットシステム10と操作者Sとの間のインターフェースを構成し、手術ロボット1(スレーブ側ユニット)をリモートで操作するための装置(マスター側ユニット)である。 The operator S inputs operation inputs to the operation device 2 to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40. The operation inputs input to the operation device 2 are transmitted to the arm control unit 28 of the surgical robot 1 via a wired or wireless connection. The arm control unit 28 generates operation commands for the surgical robot 1 based on the operation inputs input to the operation device 2. The surgical robot 1 is operated based on these operation commands. In this way, the operation device 2 forms an interface between the surgical robot system 10 and the operator S, and is a device (master unit) for remotely operating the surgical robot 1 (slave unit).

 手術ロボット1は制御装置4を備えており、アーム制御部28は制御装置4に含まれている。本実施形態においては、制御装置4が手術ロボット1に含まれる構成としているが、制御装置4は必ずしも手術ロボット1に含ませる必要はなく、手術ロボットシステム10の構成要素として手術ロボット1の外側に設けることもできる。また、本実施形態においては、アーム制御部28が制御装置4に含まれる構成としているが、アーム制御部28は必ずしも制御装置4に含ませる必要はなく、手術ロボットシステム10の構成要素として制御装置4の外側に設けることもできる。 The surgical robot 1 is equipped with a control device 4, and the arm control unit 28 is included in the control device 4. In this embodiment, the control device 4 is configured to be included in the surgical robot 1, but the control device 4 does not necessarily have to be included in the surgical robot 1, and can be provided outside the surgical robot 1 as a component of the surgical robot system 10. Also, in this embodiment, the arm control unit 28 is configured to be included in the control device 4, but the arm control unit 28 does not necessarily have to be included in the control device 4, and can be provided outside the control device 4 as a component of the surgical robot system 10.

 操作装置2は、左右の操作マニピュレータ20A、20Bと、複数の操作ペダル22と、タッチパネル23と、モニタ24と、を含む。モニタ24は、支持アーム25によって支持されている。タッチパネル23は支持バー26に配置されている。操作マニピュレータ20A、20Bは、操作者が左右の手で操作して操作指令を入力するための左右のハンドコントロール21A、21Bを備えている。操作マニピュレータ20A、20Bは、手術器具40の位置および姿勢の動作指令を生成するための操作入力を受け付ける操作具である。操作ペダル22は、例えば、内視鏡カメラのズーム、制御モードの切り替え、左右の操作マニピュレータ20A、20Bと対応付けられるロボットアーム3(3A、3B、3C、3D)の切り替え等の指令を受け付ける操作具である。 The operating device 2 includes left and right operating manipulators 20A, 20B, multiple operating pedals 22, a touch panel 23, and a monitor 24. The monitor 24 is supported by a support arm 25. The touch panel 23 is mounted on a support bar 26. The operating manipulators 20A, 20B are equipped with left and right hand controls 21A, 21B that the operator operates with their left and right hands to input operating commands. The operating manipulators 20A, 20B are operating tools that accept operating inputs to generate movement commands for the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40. The operating pedal 22 is an operating tool that accepts commands such as zooming the endoscopic camera, switching control modes, and switching the robot arms 3 (3A, 3B, 3C, 3D) associated with the left and right operating manipulators 20A, 20B.

 モニタ24は、患者Pの体内に挿入される内視鏡により撮影された画像を表示するスコープ型表示装置である。モニタ24は、3D画像を表示する3Dビューアであっても良い。支持アーム25は、モニタ24の高さを操作者Sの顔の高さに合わせるようにモニタ24を支持することができる。モニタ24近傍に、操作者Sの頭部を検知するセンサ27が設けられている。例えば、センサ27により操作者Sの頭部が検知されていることを条件として、操作装置2による手術ロボット1の遠隔操作が可能になり、センサ27により操作者Sの頭部が検知されていない場合には、操作装置2による手術ロボット1の遠隔操作を行うことができないようにアーム制御部28が構成されている。操作者Sは、モニタ24により患者Pの患部を視認しながら、操作マニピュレータ20A、20Bのハンドコントロール21A、21Bおよび操作ペダル22を操作する。 The monitor 24 is a scope-type display device that displays images captured by an endoscope inserted into the body of the patient P. The monitor 24 may also be a 3D viewer that displays 3D images. The support arm 25 can support the monitor 24 so that its height is aligned with the face of the operator S. A sensor 27 that detects the head of the operator S is provided near the monitor 24. For example, the arm control unit 28 is configured so that remote operation of the surgical robot 1 by the operating device 2 is possible only when the head of the operator S is detected by the sensor 27, but that remote operation of the surgical robot 1 by the operating device 2 is not possible when the head of the operator S is not detected by the sensor 27. The operator S operates the hand controls 21A, 21B and operating pedals 22 of the operating manipulators 20A, 20B while visually checking the affected area of the patient P on the monitor 24.

 手術ロボット1は、手術ロボットシステム10と患者Pとのインターフェースを構成する。手術ロボット1は、手術室内において患者Pが横たわる手術台111の傍らに配置されている。手術室内の手術台111およびその周辺は滅菌されて滅菌野が形成されている。 The surgical robot 1 forms the interface between the surgical robot system 10 and the patient P. The surgical robot 1 is placed in the operating room beside the operating table 111 on which the patient P lies. The operating table 111 and its surrounding area in the operating room are sterilized to form a sterile field.

 手術ロボット1は、ポジショナ7と、ポジショナ7の先端部に取り付けられたアームベース5と、アームベース5に着脱可能に取り付けられた複数のロボットアーム3(3A、3B、3C、3D)とを備えている。 The surgical robot 1 comprises a positioner 7, an arm base 5 attached to the tip of the positioner 7, and multiple robot arms 3 (3A, 3B, 3C, 3D) detachably attached to the arm base 5.

 図4に示したように、本実施形態においては、4本のロボットアーム3A、3B、3C、3Dがアームベース5に取り付けられている。なお、ロボットアーム3の設置数は、4本よりも少なくても良いし、4本よりも多くても良い。複数のロボットアーム3のそれぞれの先端部32(図10参照)は、手術器具40が着脱可能に取り付けられる器具ホルダ36を含んでいる(図11も参照)。すなわち、器具ホルダ36は、ロボットアーム3の先端部32の少なくとも一部を構成している。 As shown in Figure 4, in this embodiment, four robot arms 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D are attached to the arm base 5. The number of installed robot arms 3 may be less than four or more than four. The tip 32 (see Figure 10) of each of the multiple robot arms 3 includes an instrument holder 36 to which a surgical instrument 40 is detachably attached (see also Figure 11). In other words, the instrument holder 36 constitutes at least a part of the tip 32 of the robot arm 3.

 本実施形態による手術ロボット1のポジショナ7は、多関節型ロボットを備えている。ポジショナ7は、制御装置4に含まれるポジショナ制御部75によって制御される。なお、ポジショナ制御部75は、必ずしも制御装置4に含ませる必要はなく、制御装置4の外側に設けても良い。ポジショナ7を構成する多関節型ロボットとしては、垂直多関節型ロボットを用いることができ、例えば7軸の垂直多関節型ロボットを用いることができる。ポジショナ7は、基部90と、その基端側が基部90に連結された一連のリンク部91とを含む。複数のリンク部91同士は、関節部92によって互いに連結されている。ポジショナ7の基部90は、移動可能な台車70のケーシング71の上面に取り付けられている。ポジショナ7の先端部には、アームベース5が設けられている。ポジショナ7を垂直多関節型ロボット、例えば7軸の垂直多関節型ロボットで構成することにより、ポジショナ7の先端に装着されたアームベース5の位置および姿勢を3次元空間内で自由に制御することができる。アームベース5の位置は、アームベース5上に設定した参照点の位置として規定しても良い。例えば、ポジショナ7の先端に取り付けられたアームベース5の基端部(の回転軸線上)に参照点を設定しても良い。 The positioner 7 of the surgical robot 1 according to this embodiment comprises an articulated robot. The positioner 7 is controlled by a positioner control unit 75 included in the control device 4. Note that the positioner control unit 75 does not necessarily have to be included in the control device 4, and may be provided outside the control device 4. A vertical articulated robot can be used as the articulated robot constituting the positioner 7, for example, a seven-axis vertical articulated robot. The positioner 7 includes a base 90 and a series of link units 91 whose base ends are connected to the base 90. The multiple link units 91 are connected to each other by joint units 92. The base 90 of the positioner 7 is attached to the top surface of the casing 71 of the movable carriage 70. An arm base 5 is provided at the tip of the positioner 7. By configuring the positioner 7 as a vertical articulated robot, for example a seven-axis vertical articulated robot, the position and orientation of the arm base 5 attached to the tip of the positioner 7 can be freely controlled in three-dimensional space. The position of the arm base 5 may be defined as the position of a reference point set on the arm base 5. For example, the reference point may be set at (the rotation axis of) the base end of the arm base 5 attached to the tip of the positioner 7.

 図5に示したように、ポジショナ7の複数のリンク部91および複数の関節部92は、基端側から先端側に向けて、第1の関節部92A、第1のリンク部91A、第2の関節部92B、第2のリンク部91B、第3の関節部92C、第3のリンク部91C、第4の関節部92D、第4のリンク部91D、第5の関節部92E、第5のリンク部91E、第6の関節部92F、第6のリンク部91F、第7の関節部92G、第7のリンク部91Gの順で接続されている。第1の関節部92A、第4の関節部92D、第6の関節部92F、第7の関節部92Gは、ねじり関節で構成されている。第2の関節部92B、第3の関節部92C、第5の関節部92Eは、曲げ関節で構成されている。上記の構成を備えることにより、ポジショナ7は、移動可能な台車70に対して、アームベース5の位置を、互いに直交するX軸、Y軸、Z軸方向に沿って、3次元的に移動させることができ、アームベース5の姿勢を、ロール軸、ピッチ軸、ヨー軸回りに回転させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the multiple link portions 91 and multiple joint portions 92 of the positioner 7 are connected in the following order from the base end to the tip end: first joint portion 92A, first link portion 91A, second joint portion 92B, second link portion 91B, third joint portion 92C, third link portion 91C, fourth joint portion 92D, fourth link portion 91D, fifth joint portion 92E, fifth link portion 91E, sixth joint portion 92F, sixth link portion 91F, seventh joint portion 92G, seventh link portion 91G. The first joint portion 92A, fourth joint portion 92D, sixth joint portion 92F, and seventh joint portion 92G are configured as torsion joints. The second joint portion 92B, third joint portion 92C, and fifth joint portion 92E are configured as bending joints. With the above configuration, the positioner 7 can move the position of the arm base 5 three-dimensionally relative to the movable carriage 70 along the mutually perpendicular X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis directions, and can rotate the posture of the arm base 5 around the roll axis, pitch axis, and yaw axis.

 アームベース5は、アームベース本体50と、アームベース本体50の背面に設けられ、ポジショナ7の先端部が取り付けられるポジショナ取り付け部51と、アームベース本体50の下部に設けられ、複数のロボットアーム3の基端部80が取り付けられる複数のアーム取り付け部52と、を備えている。アームベース5は、ポジショナ7の先端部に対して相対回転可能に構成される。アームベース5には、撮像部53が設けられている。撮像部53は、手術台111と手術台111に載置された患者Pとのうちの少なくとも一方を撮影することができる。 The arm base 5 comprises an arm base main body 50, a positioner mounting section 51 provided on the back of the arm base main body 50 and to which the tip of the positioner 7 is attached, and a plurality of arm mounting sections 52 provided on the lower part of the arm base main body 50 and to which the base ends 80 of a plurality of robot arms 3 are attached. The arm base 5 is configured to be rotatable relative to the tip of the positioner 7. The arm base 5 is provided with an imaging section 53. The imaging section 53 is capable of capturing images of at least one of the operating table 111 and the patient P placed on the operating table 111.

 手術ロボット1において、アームベース5は、複数のロボットアーム3の拠点となる「ハブ」としての機能を有している。なお、本実施形態におけるポジショナ7は垂直多関節ロボットで構成されているが、ポジショナ7を垂直多関節ロボット以外のマニピュレータで構成することもできる。例えば、ポジショナ7は、アームベース5を支持するための直動レール、昇降装置、あるいは、天井または壁に取り付けられたブラケットであってもよい。本実施形態においてはポジショナ7の基部90が、移動可能な台車70に取り付けられているが、これに代えて、ポジショナ7の基部を、手術室の壁、床またはこれらに固定された部材など、固定物に取り付けることもできる。 In the surgical robot 1, the arm base 5 functions as a "hub" that serves as a base for multiple robot arms 3. Note that, although the positioner 7 in this embodiment is composed of a vertical articulated robot, the positioner 7 can also be composed of a manipulator other than a vertical articulated robot. For example, the positioner 7 may be a linear rail for supporting the arm base 5, an elevator device, or a bracket attached to the ceiling or wall. In this embodiment, the base 90 of the positioner 7 is attached to a movable cart 70, but instead, the base of the positioner 7 can be attached to a fixed object such as the wall or floor of the operating room, or a member fixed to these.

 図6に示したように、台車70には、施術前などにおけるポジショナ7、アームベース5および複数のロボットアーム3の位置および姿勢(準備姿勢)を設定入力するための操作部72が設けられている。操作部72は、例えばタッチパネルを含む表示部72aを有する。操作部72は、ポジショナ7の移動を制御するためのジョイスティック72bを有する。ジョイスティック72bの近傍には、手動操作によるポジショナ7の移動を許可または不許可とするイネーブルスイッチ72cが設けられている。そして、イネーブルスイッチ72cが押下され、ポジショナ7の移動が許可された状態で、看護師、技師などの操作者がジョイスティック72bを操作することにより、ポジショナ7が移動される。このように手術ロボットシステム10は、操作者による手動操作によってポジショナ7を移動させることができる手動モードを有する。 As shown in FIG. 6 , the cart 70 is provided with an operation unit 72 for setting and inputting the positions and postures (preparatory postures) of the positioner 7, arm base 5, and multiple robot arms 3 before surgery, etc. The operation unit 72 has a display unit 72a including, for example, a touch panel. The operation unit 72 has a joystick 72b for controlling the movement of the positioner 7. An enable switch 72c is provided near the joystick 72b to permit or prohibit manual movement of the positioner 7. When the enable switch 72c is pressed and movement of the positioner 7 is permitted, an operator such as a nurse or technician can operate the joystick 72b to move the positioner 7. In this way, the surgical robot system 10 has a manual mode in which the positioner 7 can be moved manually by the operator.

 また、台車70の操作部72の近傍には、台車70の移動を操作するハンドル73が設けられている。そして、ハンドル73は、看護師、技師などの操作者が把持して回転操作することにより台車70の移動を操作するスロットル部73aを有する。また、ハンドル73は、左右(LR方向)に回転可能に構成されており、ハンドル73の回転と共に台車70の移動方向が変更される。 Furthermore, a handle 73 for controlling the movement of the cart 70 is provided near the operating unit 72 of the cart 70. The handle 73 has a throttle unit 73a that an operator such as a nurse or technician can grasp and rotate to control the movement of the cart 70. The handle 73 is also configured to be rotatable left and right (LR direction), and the direction of movement of the cart 70 changes as the handle 73 is rotated.

 また、台車70のハンドル73の近傍には、台車70の移動を許可または不許可とするイネーブルスイッチ73bが設けられている。そして、イネーブルスイッチ73bが押下され台車70の移動が許可された状態でハンドル73のスロットル部73aが操作されることにより、台車70の内部に設けられた電動モータなどの動力を含む走行動力部74によって、台車70が前後左右に移動される。 Furthermore, an enable switch 73b is provided near the handle 73 of the carriage 70 to permit or prohibit movement of the carriage 70. When the enable switch 73b is pressed down to permit movement of the carriage 70, the throttle section 73a of the handle 73 is operated, causing the carriage 70 to move forward, backward, left, and right by a traveling power section 74, which includes power from an electric motor or the like provided inside the carriage 70.

 ポジショナ7、アームベース5、およびロボットアーム3の基端部80からロボットアーム3の器具ホルダ36までの部材は、図示しない滅菌ドレープで覆われる。これらポジショナ7、アームベース5、およびロボットアーム3の基端部80から器具ホルダ36までの部材が、手術室内の滅菌野から遮蔽される。 The positioner 7, arm base 5, and components from the base end 80 of the robot arm 3 to the instrument holder 36 of the robot arm 3 are covered with a sterile drape (not shown). These components, including the positioner 7, arm base 5, and components from the base end 80 of the robot arm 3 to the instrument holder 36, are shielded from the sterile field in the operating room.

 図7は、手術器具40の一例として、鉗子アセンブリ40Aを示している。鉗子アセンブリ40Aは、シャフト部43と、その先端に設けられた一対のジョーを含むエンドエフェクタ44と、シャフト部43の基端をシャフト部43の長手軸線周りに回転可能に保持する器具ベース45と、を備える。 Figure 7 shows a forceps assembly 40A as an example of a surgical instrument 40. The forceps assembly 40A includes a shaft portion 43, an end effector 44 including a pair of jaws provided at the tip of the shaft portion 43, and an instrument base 45 that holds the base end of the shaft portion 43 rotatably around the longitudinal axis of the shaft portion 43.

 図8は、手術器具40の他の例として、患者の体内に挿入されて術部の状況を撮像するための撮像装置である、内視鏡アセンブリ40Bを示している。内視鏡アセンブリ40Bは、内視鏡12および内視鏡ホルダ13を含む。内視鏡ホルダ13は、内視鏡12をその長手軸線周りに回転可能に保持している。内視鏡ホルダ13の内部には、内視鏡12をその長手軸線周りに回転させるための駆動部(図示せず)が設けられている。内視鏡12は、その前方部分(カメラ側の部分)がシャフト部43として形成されている。 Figure 8 shows an endoscope assembly 40B, another example of a surgical instrument 40, which is an imaging device that is inserted into a patient's body to capture images of the condition of the surgical site. The endoscope assembly 40B includes an endoscope 12 and an endoscope holder 13. The endoscope holder 13 holds the endoscope 12 so that it can rotate around its longitudinal axis. A drive unit (not shown) is provided inside the endoscope holder 13 for rotating the endoscope 12 around its longitudinal axis. The front portion (camera side) of the endoscope 12 is formed as a shaft portion 43.

 上記の通り、手術器具40のシャフト部43は、エンドエフェクタ44がその先端に設けられた細長部材を示す場合もあるし、細長部材として形成された、内視鏡12の前方部分(カメラ側の部分)を示す場合もある。 As mentioned above, the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 may refer to an elongated member with the end effector 44 attached to its tip, or it may refer to the front portion (camera side portion) of the endoscope 12 formed as an elongated member.

 鉗子アセンブリ40Aの器具ベース45には、ロボットアーム3の器具ホルダ36に対して解放可能に係止される係止部(図示せず)が設けられており、器具ホルダ36には当該係止部が係止される受け部(図示せず)が設けられている。例えば、係止部と受け部とは互いに相補的な形状を有しており、係止部および受け部の一方の設けられた弾発的に出没する出没部が、係止部および受け部の他方に設けられた凹部に解放可能に係止される。例えば、凹部に対して弾発的に係止された出没部を施術補助者が手動操作で解放して鉗子アセンブリ40Aを器具ホルダ36から取り外すことができる。内視鏡ホルダ13も上記と同様の着脱機構を備えており、施術補助者による手動操作によって器具ホルダ36に対して着脱することができる。 The instrument base 45 of the forceps assembly 40A is provided with a locking portion (not shown) that releasably locks to the instrument holder 36 of the robot arm 3, and the instrument holder 36 is provided with a receiving portion (not shown) to which the locking portion locks. For example, the locking portion and receiving portion have complementary shapes, and a retractable portion that resiliently protrudes and retracts on one of the locking portion and receiving portion is releasably locked in a recessed portion on the other of the locking portion and receiving portion. For example, a surgical assistant can manually release the resiliently locked recessed portion, thereby removing the forceps assembly 40A from the instrument holder 36. The endoscope holder 13 also has a similar attachment/detachment mechanism, and can be attached to and detached from the instrument holder 36 by manual operation by a surgical assistant.

 本実施形態における手術ロボット1では、複数(本例では4本)のロボットアーム3のうちの1本のロボットアーム3の器具ホルダ36に、手術器具40として、内視鏡アセンブリ40Bが着脱可能に保持されている。複数のロボットアーム3のうち残余(本例では3本)のロボットアーム3の器具ホルダ36に、手術器具40として、内視鏡アセンブリ40B以外の手術器具、例えば鉗子アセンブリ40Aが着脱可能に保持される。なお、図4に示した手術ロボット1においては、第2のロボットアーム3Bに内視鏡アセンブリ40Bが装着されており、第1、第3、および第4のロボットアーム3A、3C、3Dに、内視鏡アセンブリ40B以外の手術器具、例えば鉗子アセンブリ40Aが装着されている。 In the surgical robot 1 of this embodiment, an endoscope assembly 40B is removably held as a surgical instrument 40 in the instrument holder 36 of one of the multiple (four in this example) robot arms 3. A surgical instrument other than the endoscope assembly 40B, such as a forceps assembly 40A, is removably held as a surgical instrument 40 in the instrument holders 36 of the remaining (three in this example) robot arms 3. In the surgical robot 1 shown in Figure 4, the endoscope assembly 40B is attached to the second robot arm 3B, and surgical instruments other than the endoscope assembly 40B, such as a forceps assembly 40A, are attached to the first, third, and fourth robot arms 3A, 3C, and 3D.

 上記の手術ロボット1では、ポジショナ7から手術器具40まで、複数の構成要素が一連に繋がっている。本明細書では、上記一連の構成要素において、ポジショナ7(より詳細には、ポジショナ7の基部90)へ向かう側の端部を「(一連の構成要素の)基端部」ということがあり、その反対側の端部を「(一連の構成要素の)先端部」ということがある。 In the above-described surgical robot 1, multiple components are connected in series, from the positioner 7 to the surgical instrument 40. In this specification, the end of the above-described series of components facing the positioner 7 (more specifically, the base 90 of the positioner 7) may be referred to as the "base end (of the series of components)," and the opposite end may be referred to as the "tip end (of the series of components)."

 操作装置2からの操作入力に基づいて手術ロボット1の動作を制御するアーム制御部28は、集中制御する単独の制御器で構成されていてもよく、互いに協働して分散制御する複数の制御器で構成されてもよい。図9に示したように、アーム制御部28は、例えば、マイクロコントローラ等のコンピュータ300により構成される。コンピュータ300は、CPU等のプロセッサ301、ROMおよびRAM等のメモリ302、I/O部(入出力部)303、およびインターフェース304を有する。メモリ302には、手術ロボット1の動作制御に用いられる制御プログラムおよび各種データが記憶される。インターフェース304は、操作装置2、各種センサ(後述するサーボモータの回転角を検出するエンコーダ等)等との通信に使用される。 The arm control unit 28, which controls the operation of the surgical robot 1 based on operation input from the operation device 2, may be composed of a single controller for centralized control, or multiple controllers that cooperate with each other for distributed control. As shown in FIG. 9, the arm control unit 28 is composed of a computer 300 such as a microcontroller. The computer 300 has a processor 301 such as a CPU, memory 302 such as ROM and RAM, an I/O unit (input/output unit) 303, and an interface 304. The memory 302 stores control programs and various data used to control the operation of the surgical robot 1. The interface 304 is used for communication with the operation device 2 and various sensors (such as an encoder that detects the rotation angle of a servo motor, described below).

 図10には、手術ロボット1が備える複数のロボットアーム3のうちの1本のロボットアーム3の概略構成が示されている。ロボットアーム3の先端部32には手術器具40が着脱可能に装着されている。なお、本実施形態では、手術ロボット1が具備する複数のロボットアーム3はいずれも同様または類似の構成を有するが、複数のロボットアーム3のうち少なくとも1本が他のロボットアーム3と異なる構成(例えば異なる自由度を有する等)を有してもよい。図10に示すように、ロボットアーム3は、アーム本体30と、アーム本体30に設けられた並進移動機構35とを備えている。並進移動機構35は、その本体部に移動可能に設けられた器具ホルダ36を有する。並進移動機構35(器具ホルダ36を含む)は、ロボットアーム3の先端部32の少なくとも一部を構成している。図10および図11に示すように、器具ホルダ36には、手術器具40の器具ベース45が着脱機構(図示せず)によって着脱可能に装着されている。ロボットアーム3の先端部32は、ロボットアーム3の基端部80に対して3次元的に移動可能である。 10 shows the schematic configuration of one robot arm 3 among the multiple robot arms 3 equipped in the surgical robot 1. A surgical instrument 40 is detachably attached to the tip 32 of the robot arm 3. In this embodiment, all of the multiple robot arms 3 equipped in the surgical robot 1 have the same or similar configurations, but at least one of the multiple robot arms 3 may have a different configuration from the other robot arms 3 (e.g., different degrees of freedom). As shown in FIG. 10, the robot arm 3 comprises an arm main body 30 and a translational movement mechanism 35 provided on the arm main body 30. The translational movement mechanism 35 has an instrument holder 36 movably provided on its main body. The translational movement mechanism 35 (including the instrument holder 36) constitutes at least a part of the tip 32 of the robot arm 3. As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, an instrument base 45 of a surgical instrument 40 is detachably attached to the instrument holder 36 by an attachment/detachment mechanism (not shown). The tip 32 of the robot arm 3 is movable three-dimensionally relative to the base end 80 of the robot arm 3.

 図11および図12に示すように、並進移動機構35の器具ホルダ36は、アーム手動操作機構39を備えている。アーム手動操作機構39は、ボタン、ジョイスティック等を含む指令入力部39Aと、指令入力部39Aから入力された指令に応じて並進移動機構35を駆動する手動コントローラ39Bとを有する。指令入力部39Aから入力される指令には、例えば、ポート部材112に挿入されている手術器具40を退避位置まで退避させる退避動作に関する指令が含まれる。手術ロボット1の傍にいる施術補助者が指令入力部39Aを操作して、手動コントローラ39Bによって手術器具40の退避動作を制御することができるようにしても良い。 As shown in Figures 11 and 12, the instrument holder 36 of the translational movement mechanism 35 is equipped with an arm manual operation mechanism 39. The arm manual operation mechanism 39 has a command input unit 39A including buttons, joysticks, etc., and a manual controller 39B that drives the translational movement mechanism 35 in response to commands input from the command input unit 39A. Commands input from the command input unit 39A include, for example, commands related to a retraction operation to retract the surgical instrument 40 inserted into the port member 112 to a retracted position. A surgical assistant standing next to the surgical robot 1 may operate the command input unit 39A to control the retraction operation of the surgical instrument 40 using the manual controller 39B.

 アーム本体30は、アームベース5に着脱可能に取り付けられる基端部80と、基端部80から先端部に向けて順次連結された複数のアームリンク部を備えている。アーム本体30は、一つのアームリンク部が他の一つのアームリンク部に対して回転するように順に連結されることにより複数の関節部(複数の駆動軸)を構成する。複数のアームリンク部は、第1リンク81~第6リンク86を含む。複数の関節部は、第1関節J31~第7関節J37を含む。なお、本実施形態におけるアーム本体30の複数の関節部(第1関節J31~第7関節J37)は、回転軸を備えた回転関節により構成されているが、少なくとも一部の関節部が直動関節により構成されてもよい。 The arm main body 30 has a base end 80 that is detachably attached to the arm base 5, and multiple arm link sections that are connected in sequence from the base end 80 to the tip end. The arm main body 30 has multiple joint sections (multiple drive shafts) that are connected in sequence so that one arm link section rotates relative to another arm link section. The multiple arm link sections include a first link 81 to a sixth link 86. The multiple joint sections include a first joint J31 to a seventh joint J37. Note that, in this embodiment, the multiple joint sections (first joint J31 to seventh joint J37) of the arm main body 30 are configured as rotary joints equipped with rotary shafts, but at least some of the joint sections may be configured as linear joints.

 より詳細には、ロボットアーム3の基端部80の先端側に、ねじり(ロール)関節である第1関節J31(基端側ねじり関節)を介して第1リンク81の基端部が連結されている。第1リンク81の先端部に、曲げ(ピッチ)関節である第2関節J32を介して第2リンク82の基端部が連結されている。第2リンク82の先端部に、ねじり関節である第3関節J33を介して第3リンク83の基端部が連結されている。第3リンク83の先端部に、曲げ関節である第4関節J34を介して第4リンク84の基端部が連結されている。第4リンク84の先端部に、ねじり関節である第5関節J35を介して第5リンク85の基端部が連結されている。第5リンク85の先端部に、曲げ関節である第6関節J36を介して第6リンク86の基端部が連結されている。第6リンク86の先端部に、曲げ関節である第7関節J37(先端側曲げ関節)を介して並進移動機構35の基端部が連結されている。 More specifically, the base end of a first link 81 is connected to the tip side of the base end 80 of the robot arm 3 via a first joint J31 (base-end torsion joint), which is a torsion (roll) joint. The base end of a second link 82 is connected to the tip of the first link 81 via a second joint J32, which is a bending (pitch) joint. The base end of a third link 83 is connected to the tip of the second link 82 via a third joint J33, which is a torsion joint. The base end of a fourth link 84 is connected to the tip of the third link 83 via a fourth joint J34, which is a bending joint. The base end of a fifth link 85 is connected to the tip of the fourth link 84 via a fifth joint J35, which is a torsion joint. The base end of a sixth link 86 is connected to the tip of the fifth link 85 via a sixth joint J36, which is a bending joint. The base end of the translational movement mechanism 35 is connected to the tip of the sixth link 86 via the seventh joint J37 (tip side bending joint), which is a bending joint.

 本実施形態において、第1リンク81は、隣接する関節J31、J32間において折り曲げられた形状を有している。言い換えると、第1リンク81は、第1関節J31の回転軸と第2関節J32の回転軸とが交差しないように構成されている。すなわち、第1リンク81は、第1部分81aと、第2部分81bとを有する。このうち、第1部分81aは、基端側の第1関節J31から所定の第1方向(第1関節J31の回転軸方向)に延びる。また、第2部分81bは、第1部分81aの先端部から第1部分81aの延出方向に交差する第2方向(かつ第2関節J32の回転軸に垂直な方向)に延びて先端側の第2関節J32に接続される。第1リンク81における第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は、例えば120度以上かつ160度以下(例えば140度)である。なお、第1部分81aと第2部分81bとは滑らかに繋がっている。これにより、一部のアームリンク部が折り曲げられた形状を有していても、複数のアームリンク部内に電気配線等のワイヤを通し易くすることができる。 In this embodiment, the first link 81 has a bent shape between the adjacent joints J31 and J32. In other words, the first link 81 is configured so that the rotation axis of the first joint J31 and the rotation axis of the second joint J32 do not intersect. That is, the first link 81 has a first portion 81a and a second portion 81b. Of these, the first portion 81a extends from the first joint J31 on the base end side in a predetermined first direction (the direction of the rotation axis of the first joint J31). Furthermore, the second portion 81b extends from the tip of the first portion 81a in a second direction intersecting the extension direction of the first portion 81a (and perpendicular to the rotation axis of the second joint J32) and is connected to the second joint J32 on the tip side. The angle between the first direction and the second direction in the first link 81 is, for example, 120 degrees or more and 160 degrees or less (e.g., 140 degrees). The first portion 81a and the second portion 81b are smoothly connected. This makes it easier to pass wires such as electrical wiring through multiple arm link portions, even if some of the arm link portions have a bent shape.

 さらに、第4リンク84は、隣接する関節J34、J35間において折り曲げられた形状を有し、当該部分がアーム本体30の肘11である。言い換えると、第4リンク84は、第4関節J34の回転軸と第5関節J35の回転軸とが交差しないように構成されている。そして、第4関節J34の回転軸および第5関節J35の回転軸に垂直な方向において、第4関節J34の回転軸に対して第5関節J35の回転軸はオフセットされている。すなわち、第4リンク84は、第1部分84aと、第2部分84bとを有する。このうち、第1部分84aは、基端側の第4関節J34から所定の第1方向(第4関節J34の回転軸および第5関節J35の回転軸の双方に垂直な方向)に延びる。また、第2部分84bは、第1部分84aの先端部から第1部分84aの延出方向に交差する第2方向(第5関節J35の回転軸方向)に延びて先端側の第5関節J35に接続される。第4リンク84における第1方向と第2方向とのなす角は、例えば70度以上かつ110度以下(例えば90度)である。なお、第1部分84aと第2部分84bとは滑らかに繋がっている。 Furthermore, the fourth link 84 has a bent shape between the adjacent joints J34 and J35, and this portion forms the elbow 11 of the arm main body 30. In other words, the fourth link 84 is configured so that the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 and the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35 do not intersect. Furthermore, the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35 is offset from the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 in a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 and the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35. That is, the fourth link 84 has a first portion 84a and a second portion 84b. Of these, the first portion 84a extends from the fourth joint J34 on the base end side in a predetermined first direction (a direction perpendicular to both the rotation axis of the fourth joint J34 and the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35). The second portion 84b extends from the tip of the first portion 84a in a second direction (the direction of the rotation axis of the fifth joint J35) that intersects with the extension direction of the first portion 84a and is connected to the fifth joint J35 on the tip side. The angle between the first direction and the second direction of the fourth link 84 is, for example, greater than or equal to 70 degrees and less than or equal to 110 degrees (e.g., 90 degrees). The first portion 84a and the second portion 84b are smoothly connected.

 その他のリンク82,83,85,86は、隣接する関節部間において直線状に形成されている。言い換えると、その他のリンク82,83,85,86は、隣接する関節部の回転軸同士が交差するように構成されている。 The other links 82, 83, 85, and 86 are formed in a straight line between adjacent joints. In other words, the other links 82, 83, 85, and 86 are configured so that the rotation axes of adjacent joints intersect.

 各アームリンク部は、そのアームリンク部より基端部側に接続されるアームリンク部(または基端部80)より長手方向に直交する断面の面積が小さくなるように構成される。これにより、アーム本体30は、基端部80から先端側に向かうにしたがって段々細くなるように構成される。さらに、曲げ関節である各関節J32,J34,J36は、基端部側のアームリンク部81,83,85の先端部が関節部における回転軸方向中央部を基準として回転軸方向一方側に位置するように構成される。また、先端部側のアームリンク部82,84,86の基端部が関節部における回転軸方向中央部を基準として回転軸方向他方側において基端部側のアームリンク部81,83,85の先端部に対面するように位置するように構成される。 Each arm link section is configured so that its cross-sectional area perpendicular to the longitudinal direction is smaller than that of the arm link section (or base end 80) connected to it closer to the base end. This causes the arm main body 30 to become gradually thinner from the base end 80 toward the tip end. Furthermore, each of the bending joints J32, J34, and J36 is configured so that the tip end of the base end side arm link section 81, 83, and 85 is located on one side of the rotational axis direction relative to the center of the joint section in the rotational axis direction. Also, the base end of the tip end side arm link section 82, 84, and 86 is configured to face the tip end of the base end side arm link section 81, 83, and 85 on the other side of the rotational axis direction relative to the center of the joint section in the rotational axis direction.

 その上で、当該関節部における回転軸方向の幅、すなわち、基端部側のアームリンク部81,83,85の先端部の回転軸方向外端部と、先端部側のアームリンク部82,84,86の基端部の回転軸方向外端部との間の距離が、基端部側のアームリンク部81,83,85の先端部より基端部側に位置する部分の長手方向に直交する断面の直径(最大寸法)より短い。 Furthermore, the width in the rotational axis direction of the joint, i.e., the distance between the outer ends in the rotational axis direction of the tip ends of the base-end-side arm link sections 81, 83, 85 and the outer ends in the rotational axis direction of the base ends of the tip-end-side arm link sections 82, 84, 86, is shorter than the diameter (maximum dimension) of the cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the portion located closer to the base end than the tip ends of the base-end-side arm link sections 81, 83, 85.

 このように、各関節部およびそれの先端部側のアームリンク部が基端部側のアームリンク部に比べて幅狭に構成される。これによって、患者Pの施術部位110に近接するほど狭くなるワークスペースにおいて、各アーム本体30の移動範囲(他のアーム本体30と干渉しない範囲)を増大させることができる。 In this way, each joint and the arm link portion at its tip end are configured to be narrower than the arm link portion at its base end. This increases the range of movement of each arm body 30 (the range without interference with other arm bodies 30) in a workspace that becomes narrower the closer it is to the treatment area 110 of the patient P.

 アーム本体30の外殻は、塗装により耐薬品性を有する部材で形成されている。また、アーム本体30の点検穴等の開口部は、樹脂製のカバーで覆われている。当該カバーを樹脂等の部材で形成することにより、アーム本体30の強度に寄与しない部分の軽量化を図ることができる。これにより、カバーが万が一にも落下したり、アーム本体30が他のアーム本体30または施術補助者等にぶつかっても、その衝撃を軽減することができる。なお、アーム本体30の外殻自体が樹脂部材で構成される部分を含んでもよい。 The outer shell of the arm body 30 is made of a material that is painted to be chemical-resistant. In addition, openings such as inspection holes on the arm body 30 are covered with resin covers. By making the covers out of a material such as resin, it is possible to reduce the weight of parts that do not contribute to the strength of the arm body 30. This makes it possible to reduce the impact even if the cover falls or the arm body 30 hits another arm body 30 or a treatment assistant. The outer shell of the arm body 30 itself may include parts made of resin materials.

 並進移動機構35は、並進移動機構35の本体部に移動可能に設けられた器具ホルダ36を長軸方向Dt(図10)に並進移動させることにより、器具ホルダ36に装着された手術器具40をシャフト部43の延在方向に並進移動させることができる機構である。 The translational movement mechanism 35 is a mechanism that translates the instrument holder 36, which is movably mounted on the main body of the translational movement mechanism 35, in the longitudinal axis direction Dt (Figure 10), thereby enabling the surgical instrument 40 attached to the instrument holder 36 to translate in the extension direction of the shaft portion 43.

 並進移動機構35は、アーム本体30の第6リンク86の先端部に、曲げ関節である第7関節J37を介して連結されている。第7関節J37は、長軸方向Dtに垂直な方向に延びている。並進移動機構35の内部には、器具ホルダ36を並進移動させるための駆動源を含む駆動機構が設けられている。並進移動機構35は、手術器具40を挿入方向に進出させたり、引抜方向に後退させたりできる。並進移動機構35の内部に設ける駆動機構は、例えばプーリおよびタイミングベルトを用いた構成でもよいし、ギアトレインを含む機構でもよく、倍速機構として構成することもできる。このように、並進移動機構35は、器具ホルダ36を長軸方向Dtに直進動作させる直動関節である第8関節J38を構成している。 The translational movement mechanism 35 is connected to the tip of the sixth link 86 of the arm main body 30 via a seventh joint J37, which is a bending joint. The seventh joint J37 extends in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis direction Dt. A drive mechanism including a drive source for translationally moving the instrument holder 36 is provided inside the translational movement mechanism 35. The translational movement mechanism 35 can advance the surgical instrument 40 in the insertion direction and retract it in the withdrawal direction. The drive mechanism provided inside the translational movement mechanism 35 may be configured, for example, using a pulley and timing belt, or may be a mechanism including a gear train, or may be configured as a double-speed mechanism. In this way, the translational movement mechanism 35 forms an eighth joint J38, which is a linear joint that moves the instrument holder 36 linearly in the longitudinal axis direction Dt.

 器具ホルダ36は、手術器具40の器具ベース45を着脱可能に保持する。図12に示すように、器具ホルダ36は、手術器具40に駆動力を付与するために回転駆動する複数(本例では4つ)の駆動軸37を有する器具駆動部38を含んでいる。器具駆動部38の複数の駆動軸37のうちの1つは、手術器具40のシャフト部43をその長手軸線周りに回転させる駆動力を生成する。 The instrument holder 36 removably holds the instrument base 45 of the surgical instrument 40. As shown in FIG. 12, the instrument holder 36 includes an instrument driver 38 having multiple (four in this example) drive shafts 37 that are rotationally driven to apply a driving force to the surgical instrument 40. One of the multiple drive shafts 37 of the instrument driver 38 generates a driving force that rotates the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 about its longitudinal axis.

 図7に示したように、手術器具40の1つである鉗子アセンブリ40Aは、その基端部に設けられた器具ベース45と、基端部が器具ベース45に連結されたシャフト部43と、シャフト部43の先端部に連結されたエンドエフェクタ(処置具)44とを有している。さらに、鉗子アセンブリ40Aは、鉗子アセンブリ40Aを器具ホルダ36に装着することによって、器具ホルダ36に含まれる器具駆動部38の駆動軸37と接続され、駆動軸37の駆動力を伝達する駆動力伝達部(図視せず)を備えている。器具ホルダ36の器具駆動部38の駆動軸37は、例えば4つ設けられており、これらの駆動軸37は、例えば、鉗子アセンブリ40A(図7)のエンドエフェクタ44である一対のジョーの開閉動作、エンドエフェクタ44のピッチ動作またはヨー動作、鉗子アセンブリ40Aのシャフト部43をその長手軸線周りに器具ベース45に対して回転させるロール動作のために用いられる。 As shown in FIG. 7, a forceps assembly 40A, which is one of the surgical instruments 40, has an instrument base 45 provided at its proximal end, a shaft portion 43 whose proximal end is connected to the instrument base 45, and an end effector (treatment tool) 44 connected to the distal end of the shaft portion 43. Furthermore, the forceps assembly 40A is equipped with a drive force transmission portion (not shown) that is connected to the drive shaft 37 of the instrument drive unit 38 included in the instrument holder 36 by attaching the forceps assembly 40A to the instrument holder 36 and transmits the drive force of the drive shaft 37. The instrument drive unit 38 of the instrument holder 36 may have, for example, four drive shafts 37, and these drive shafts 37 are used, for example, to open and close the pair of jaws that form the end effector 44 of the forceps assembly 40A (FIG. 7), to pitch or yaw the end effector 44, and to roll the shaft portion 43 of the forceps assembly 40A around its longitudinal axis relative to the instrument base 45.

 器具ホルダ36に装着される手術器具40が、図8に示した内視鏡アセンブリ40Bの場合には、器具ホルダ36の器具駆動部38の駆動軸37によって、内視鏡ホルダ13の内部に設けられた駆動部(図示せず)が駆動され、これにより内視鏡12がそのシャフト部43の長手軸線周りに回転される。 If the surgical instrument 40 attached to the instrument holder 36 is the endoscope assembly 40B shown in Figure 8, the drive shaft 37 of the instrument drive unit 38 of the instrument holder 36 drives a drive unit (not shown) provided inside the endoscope holder 13, thereby rotating the endoscope 12 around the longitudinal axis of its shaft portion 43.

 手術器具40には長軸方向Dt(図10参照)が規定されており、器具ベース45、シャフト部43、およびエンドエフェクタ44はこの順に長軸方向Dtに沿って配置される。手術器具40のエンドエフェクタは、図7に示した一対のジョーからなるエンドエフェクタ44に限られない。すなわち、手術器具40のエンドエフェクタは、例えば、動作する関節を有する器具(例えば、鉗子、ハサミ、グラスパー、ニードルホルダ、マイクロジセクター、ステープルアプライヤー、タッカー、吸引洗浄ツール、スネアワイヤ、および、クリップアプライヤー等)、ならびに、関節を有しない器具(例えば、切断刃、焼灼プローブ、洗浄器、カテーテル、および、吸引オリフィス等)を含む群より選択することができる。 The surgical instrument 40 has a defined longitudinal axis direction Dt (see FIG. 10), and the instrument base 45, shaft portion 43, and end effector 44 are arranged along the longitudinal axis direction Dt, in this order. The end effector of the surgical instrument 40 is not limited to the end effector 44 consisting of a pair of jaws shown in FIG. 7. In other words, the end effector of the surgical instrument 40 can be selected from a group including, for example, instruments with movable joints (e.g., forceps, scissors, graspers, needle holders, microdissectors, staple appliers, tackers, suction and irrigation tools, snare wires, clip appliers, etc.) and instruments without joints (e.g., cutting blades, cauterizing probes, irrigators, catheters, suction orifices, etc.).

 器具ベース45に、ねじり(ロール)関節である第9関節J39(先端側ねじり関節)を介してシャフト部43の基端部が連結されている。第9関節J39の回転軸R9は、シャフト部43の中心軸Cと同軸に配置された回転軸を有する。シャフト部43の中心軸Cは、手術器具40の長手軸線に対応する。なお、関節の回転軸とは、回転する軸(shaft)の幾何学的な(仮想の)軸線(geometric (imaginary)
axis)の意である。また、上述の通り、本実施形態において、これら器具ベース45および第9関節J39は、シャフト部43の位置決めを行うためのロボットアーム3に含まれる要素としてもよい。
The base end of the shaft 43 is connected to the instrument base 45 via a ninth joint J39 (tip-side torsion joint), which is a torsion (roll) joint. The rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39 has a rotation axis that is arranged coaxially with the central axis C of the shaft 43. The central axis C of the shaft 43 corresponds to the longitudinal axis of the surgical instrument 40. The rotation axis of the joint is the geometric (imaginary) axis of the rotating shaft.
As described above, in this embodiment, the instrument base 45 and the ninth joint J39 may be elements included in the robot arm 3 for positioning the shaft portion 43.

 なお、上述の通り、第7関節J37と第9関節J39との間に位置する第8関節J38は直動関節であるので、第7関節J37の回転軸R7に対する第9関節J39の回転軸R9の向きは固定されている。そして、第7関節J37の回転軸R7は、長軸方向Dtに延びる第9関節J39の回転軸R9を含む参照平面RP(図10)と直交する。すなわち、本実施形態においては、第7関節J37が参照平面RPを規定する曲げ関節を構成する。なお、回転軸R7と参照平面RPとが成す角は直角に限定されず、回転軸R7と参照平面RPとは交差していればよい。第7関節J37を回転させることによって、シャフト部43を起倒する方向に揺動させることができる。 As mentioned above, the eighth joint J38, which is located between the seventh joint J37 and the ninth joint J39, is a linear joint, and therefore the orientation of the rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39 relative to the rotation axis R7 of the seventh joint J37 is fixed. The rotation axis R7 of the seventh joint J37 is perpendicular to a reference plane RP ( FIG. 10 ) that extends in the longitudinal direction Dt and includes the rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39. That is, in this embodiment, the seventh joint J37 constitutes a bending joint that defines the reference plane RP. The angle between the rotation axis R7 and the reference plane RP is not limited to a right angle; it is sufficient that the rotation axis R7 and the reference plane RP intersect. By rotating the seventh joint J37, the shaft portion 43 can be swung in an upright or downright direction.

 図13に示すように、本実施形態においては、複数(本例では4本)のロボットアーム3に応じて複数(本例では4つ)のアーム取り付け部52がアームベース5に設けられている。アームベース5は長手軸線を有する長尺状の形状を備えており、複数のアーム取り付け部52は、アームベース5の長手方向(図13においてD1で示した方向)に並んで配置されている。複数のロボットアーム3の基端部80が複数のアーム取り付け部52にそれぞれ固定されることにより、複数のロボットアーム3の基端部80側のリンクである第1リンク81は、第1関節J31の回転軸回りに相対回転可能に構成される。 As shown in Figure 13, in this embodiment, a plurality of (four in this example) arm attachment portions 52 are provided on the arm base 5 in accordance with a plurality of (four in this example) robot arms 3. The arm base 5 has an elongated shape with a longitudinal axis, and the plurality of arm attachment portions 52 are arranged side by side in the longitudinal direction of the arm base 5 (the direction indicated by D1 in Figure 13). By fixing the base ends 80 of the plurality of robot arms 3 to the plurality of arm attachment portions 52, respectively, the first link 81, which is the link on the side of the base ends 80 of the plurality of robot arms 3, is configured to be relatively rotatable around the rotation axis of the first joint J31.

 具体的には、複数のアーム取り付け部52は、複数のロボットアーム3の基端部80が所定の第1方向D1に一列に配列されている。第1方向D1は、所定の第1平面P1上に設定される(含まれる)方向である。本実施形態において、第1平面P1は、アームベース5が準備位置(図3参照)に位置した状態で床面(水平面)Gに平行な仮想の平面であり、第1方向D1は、例えば長尺状のアームベース5の長手軸線の方向であり水平方向であるがこれに限られるものではない。また、第1方向D1は、ロボットアーム3の後述する第1関節J31の回転軸R1に対して垂直な方向である。すなわち、複数のアーム取り付け部52は、アームベース5が準備位置に位置した状態で上から見た場合に第1方向D1(図3における紙面奥行き方向)に一列に配列されて、第1方向D1と直交する第2方向D2に向いている。アーム取り付け部52の並びは、一列に限定されるものではなく、2列に並んで配置されていてもよい。また、一部のアーム取り付け部52が第2方向D2にオフセットされていてもよい。また、一部のアーム取り付け部52が第3方向D3にオフセットされていてもよい。第3方向D3は、例えば鉛直方向である(図13において、紙面と直交する方向)。 Specifically, the multiple arm attachment portions 52 are arranged such that the base ends 80 of the multiple robot arms 3 are aligned in a row in a predetermined first direction D1. The first direction D1 is a direction set on (included in) a predetermined first plane P1. In this embodiment, the first plane P1 is a virtual plane parallel to the floor (horizontal plane) G when the arm base 5 is positioned in the preparation position (see Figure 3). The first direction D1 is, for example, the direction of the longitudinal axis of the elongated arm base 5, which is a horizontal direction, but is not limited to this. The first direction D1 is also a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of the robot arm 3, which will be described later. In other words, the multiple arm attachment portions 52 are aligned in a row in the first direction D1 (the depth direction of the paper in Figure 3) when viewed from above with the arm base 5 positioned in the preparation position, and face a second direction D2 perpendicular to the first direction D1. The arrangement of the arm attachment portions 52 is not limited to a single row, and they may be aligned in two rows. Additionally, some of the arm attachment portions 52 may be offset in the second direction D2. Additionally, some of the arm attachment portions 52 may be offset in the third direction D3. The third direction D3 is, for example, the vertical direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface in FIG. 13).

 なお、上記では、手術器具40の器具ベース45および第9関節J39は、手術器具40に含まれる構成要素として説明してきたが、これら器具ベース45および第9関節J39は、ロボットアーム3に含まれる構成要素とすることもできる。 In the above, the instrument base 45 and the ninth joint J39 of the surgical instrument 40 have been described as components included in the surgical instrument 40, but these instrument base 45 and the ninth joint J39 can also be components included in the robot arm 3.

 図14は、手術ロボットシステム10の制御系統の構成例を概略的に示すブロック図である。ロボットアーム3のアーム本体30には、アーム本体30の各関節J31~J37に対応して、駆動用のサーボモータ(図14ではSMと表記)M31~M37、サーボモータM31~M37の回転角を検出するエンコーダ(図14ではENと表記)E31~E37、および、サーボモータM31~M37の出力を減速させてトルクを増大させる減速機(図示せず)が設けられる。 Figure 14 is a block diagram showing an example of the control system configuration of the surgical robot system 10. The arm body 30 of the robot arm 3 is provided with drive servomotors (denoted as SM in Figure 14) M31-M37 corresponding to each joint J31-J37 of the arm body 30, encoders (denoted as EN in Figure 14) E31-E37 that detect the rotation angles of the servomotors M31-M37, and reducers (not shown) that reduce the output of the servomotors M31-M37 to increase the torque.

 なお、図14では、関節J31~J37のうち、アーム本体30の第1関節J31および第7関節J37が代表的に示され、その他の関節J32~J36の制御系統は省略されている。さらに、並進移動機構35には、第8関節J38の並進動作のためのサーボモータM38(連動機構を駆動するサーボモータ)と、第9関節J39の回転動作のためのサーボモータM39と、サーボモータM38,M39の回転角を検出するエンコーダE38,E39と、サーボモータM38,M39の出力を減速させてトルクを増大させる減速機(図示せず)とが設けられる。 Note that in Figure 14, of the joints J31 to J37, only the first joint J31 and the seventh joint J37 of the arm main body 30 are shown as representatives, and the control systems for the other joints J32 to J36 are omitted. Furthermore, the translational movement mechanism 35 is provided with a servo motor M38 (a servo motor that drives the interlocking mechanism) for translational movement of the eighth joint J38, a servo motor M39 for rotational movement of the ninth joint J39, encoders E38 and E39 that detect the rotation angles of the servo motors M38 and M39, and reducers (not shown) that reduce the speed of the output of the servo motors M38 and M39 to increase the torque.

 なお、エンコーダE31~E39は、サーボモータM31~M39の回転位置(回転角)を検出する回転位置検出手段の一例として設けられており、エンコーダE31~E39に代えてレゾルバ等の回転位置検出手段が用いられてもよい。 Encoders E31 to E39 are provided as an example of a rotational position detection means for detecting the rotational position (rotation angle) of servo motors M31 to M39, and a rotational position detection means such as a resolver may be used instead of encoders E31 to E39.

 アーム制御部28は、動作指令に基づいて複数のロボットアーム3の移動を制御する制御部本体29を含む。制御部本体29には、図中SCで表示されたサーボ制御部C31~C39が電気的に接続され、増幅回路等を介してサーボモータM31~M39に係る複数のアクチュエータが電気的に接続されている。 The arm control unit 28 includes a control unit main body 29 that controls the movement of multiple robot arms 3 based on operation commands. Servo control units C31 to C39, indicated by SC in the figure, are electrically connected to the control unit main body 29, and multiple actuators related to servo motors M31 to M39 are electrically connected via amplifier circuits, etc.

 上記構成において、施術時に操作装置2に入力された操作入力に基づいて、制御部本体29にロボットアーム3の先端部32の位置姿勢指令が入力される。制御部本体29は、位置姿勢指令とエンコーダE31~E39で検出された回転角とに基づいて、位置指令値を生成して出力する。この位置指令値を取得したサーボ制御部C31~C39は、エンコーダE31~E39で検出された回転角および位置指令値に基づいて駆動指令値(トルク指令値)を生成して出力する。この駆動指令値を取得した増幅回路は、駆動指令値に対応した駆動電流をサーボモータM31~M39へ供給する。このようにして、ロボットアーム3の先端部32が、位置姿勢指令と対応する位置および姿勢に到達するように、各サーボモータM31~M39がサーボ制御される。 In the above configuration, a position and orientation command for the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 is input to the control unit main body 29 based on operation input input to the operating device 2 during treatment. The control unit main body 29 generates and outputs a position command value based on the position and orientation command and the rotation angle detected by the encoders E31 to E39. The servo control units C31 to C39, which have acquired this position command value, generate and output a drive command value (torque command value) based on the rotation angle detected by the encoders E31 to E39 and the position command value. The amplifier circuit that has acquired this drive command value supplies a drive current corresponding to the drive command value to the servo motors M31 to M39. In this way, each servo motor M31 to M39 is servo-controlled so that the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 reaches a position and orientation corresponding to the position and orientation command.

 また、アーム制御部28には、制御部本体29にデータを読み出し可能な記憶部31が設けられ、操作装置2を介して入力された手術情報が予め記憶されている。この手術情報には、手術で使用される複数のロボットアーム3の組み合わせが含まれている。 The arm control unit 28 also has a memory unit 31 in the control unit main body 29 that can read data, and pre-stores surgical information input via the operation device 2. This surgical information includes the combination of multiple robot arms 3 used in the surgery.

 また、記憶部31には、ロボットアーム3の先端部32に保持される手術器具40の長軸方向Dtに沿った長さ等の情報が記憶される。これにより、制御部本体29は、ロボットアーム3の先端部32の位置姿勢指令に基づいて、当該ロボットアーム3の先端部32に保持された手術器具40の先端部(エンドエフェクタ44)の位置を把握可能となっている。手術器具40の先端部の位置は、ツールセンターポイント(TCP)と呼ばれることがある。 In addition, the memory unit 31 stores information such as the length along the longitudinal axis direction Dt of the surgical instrument 40 held at the tip 32 of the robot arm 3. This enables the control unit main body 29 to grasp the position of the tip (end effector 44) of the surgical instrument 40 held at the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 based on the position and orientation command for the tip 32 of the robot arm 3. The position of the tip of the surgical instrument 40 is sometimes called the tool center point (TCP).

 さらに、記憶部31には、アームベース5および複数のロボットアーム3の施術前に確立される所定の準備位置(例えば図3に示すポジショナ7、アームベース5、ロボットアーム3のそれぞれの位置および姿勢)が予め記憶される。記憶部31には、複数の準備位置が、施術の内容(種類)、施術部位等に応じて記憶され得る。上述の所定の準備位置は、セットアップポジションと呼ばれることがある。 Furthermore, the memory unit 31 pre-stores predetermined preparation positions (for example, the respective positions and postures of the positioner 7, arm base 5, and robot arm 3 shown in FIG. 3) that are established before treatment for the arm base 5 and multiple robot arms 3. The memory unit 31 can store multiple preparation positions according to the type of treatment, the area to be treated, etc. The above-mentioned predetermined preparation positions are sometimes called setup positions.

 図15乃至図17は、手術ロボットシステム10の動作例を説明するための図である。図15および図16においては、4本のロボットアーム3のうち、ロボットアーム3Bおよびロボットアーム3Bに関連する要素を図示し、それ以外の要素については適宜省略して図示している。また、図17においては、4本のロボットアーム3のうち、ロボットアーム3Aおよびロボットアーム3Aに関連する要素を図示し、それ以外の要素については適宜省略して図示している。 Figures 15 to 17 are diagrams illustrating an example of the operation of the surgical robot system 10. In Figures 15 and 16, of the four robot arms 3, robot arm 3B and elements related to robot arm 3B are illustrated, with other elements being omitted as appropriate. Also, in Figure 17, of the four robot arms 3, robot arm 3A and elements related to robot arm 3A are illustrated, with other elements being omitted as appropriate.

 図1乃至図3に示したように、手術ロボット1を用いた手術において、まず、施術補助者(あるいは操作者S自身)は、台車70を用いて手術ロボット1を手術台111の近くに移動させる。このとき、ポジショナ7、アームベース5および複数のロボットアーム3は、台車70に対して設定される所定の収納位置に位置している。 As shown in Figures 1 to 3, in surgery using the surgical robot 1, the surgical assistant (or the operator S himself/herself) first uses the cart 70 to move the surgical robot 1 near the operating table 111. At this time, the positioner 7, arm base 5, and multiple robot arms 3 are located in predetermined storage positions set for the cart 70.

 手術台111に横たわる患者Pの体表には、トロカーやカニューレからなるポート部材112が例えば横並びに一直線に並ぶように位置して留置されている。図3において、ポート部材112は紙面奥行き方向に一列に配列されている。ただし、複数のポート部材112の配置は、この配置に限定されるものではない。 Port members 112, consisting of trocars or cannulas, are placed on the body surface of patient P, who is lying on the operating table 111, for example, lined up side by side in a straight line. In Figure 3, the port members 112 are arranged in a line in the depth direction of the page. However, the arrangement of multiple port members 112 is not limited to this arrangement.

 そして、アームベース本体50が患者Pの上方に位置し、アーム取り付け部52に取り付けられたロボットアーム3の第1関節J31の回転軸R1が概ね水平方向に向くようにポジショナ7を制御してアームベース本体50を配置する。第1関節J31の回転軸R1と水平面のなす角は、例えばマイナス30度~プラス30度の範囲内である。また、アーム取り付け部52が向く方向である第2方向D2が、複数のポート部材112が並ぶ方向と概ね直交する姿勢をとるように、ポジショナ7を制御してアームベース本体50を配置する。 Then, the positioner 7 is controlled to position the arm base main body 50 so that it is positioned above the patient P and the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of the robot arm 3 attached to the arm attachment part 52 is oriented generally horizontally. The angle between the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 and the horizontal plane is, for example, within the range of -30 degrees to +30 degrees. The positioner 7 is also controlled to position the arm base main body 50 so that the second direction D2, which is the direction in which the arm attachment part 52 is oriented, is generally perpendicular to the direction in which the multiple port members 112 are arranged.

 そして、施術補助者は、各ロボットアーム3と1対1の対応関係で関連付けられる遠隔中心RC(所定の中心点)をアーム制御部28に設定する作業を行う。この作業において、施術補助者は、例えば器具ホルダ36に教示用の手術器具40を取り付け、教示用の手術器具40の先端がポート部材112の孔の中央に位置するように移動させる。そして、施術補助者は、遠隔中心RCを設定する指示を操作部72に入力する。これによって、アーム制御部28は、この時のロボットアーム3の姿勢および教示用の手術器具40の器具ベース45に対するシャフト部43の先端の位置関係、基端部80の位置および姿勢、各アームリンク部のパラメータに係る情報に基づき、順変換を行い、遠隔中心RCの位置を算出する。 The surgical assistant then sets in the arm control unit 28 a remote center RC (predetermined center point) that is associated with each robot arm 3 in a one-to-one correspondence. In this task, the surgical assistant attaches, for example, a teaching surgical instrument 40 to the instrument holder 36 and moves the teaching surgical instrument 40 so that its tip is positioned in the center of the hole in the port member 112. The surgical assistant then inputs an instruction to set the remote center RC into the operation unit 72. As a result, the arm control unit 28 performs a forward transformation and calculates the position of the remote center RC based on the posture of the robot arm 3 at that time, the positional relationship of the tip of the shaft portion 43 of the teaching surgical instrument 40 relative to the instrument base 45, the position and posture of the base end portion 80, and information related to the parameters of each arm link portion.

 なお、第1方向D1において、ロボットアーム3の順番通りに各ロボットアーム3に関連付けられる遠隔中心RCが並ぶようにロボットアーム3とポート部材112とは1対1の対応関係で関連付けられる。すなわち、第1方向D1において右から1番目のロボットアーム3Aには、第1方向D1において右から1番目のポート部材112が関連付けられている。そして、このポート部材112の遠隔中心RCが算出されることによって、ロボットアーム3Aと第1方向D1において右から1番目の遠隔中心RCが関連付けられる。他のロボットアーム3B、3C、3Dについても同様である。 In addition, the robot arms 3 and port members 112 are associated in a one-to-one correspondence so that the remote centers RC associated with each robot arm 3 are aligned in the order of the robot arms 3 in the first direction D1. That is, the robot arm 3A, which is the first from the right in the first direction D1, is associated with the port member 112, which is the first from the right in the first direction D1. Then, by calculating the remote center RC of this port member 112, the robot arm 3A is associated with the remote center RC, which is the first from the right in the first direction D1. The same applies to the other robot arms 3B, 3C, and 3D.

 そして、施術補助者または操作者Sは、教示用の手術器具40を鉗子アセンブリ40Aまたは内視鏡アセンブリ40B等の手術器具40に付け替える。このような予備的動作を行うことにより、施術部位110となる患者Pの体表に留置されたポート部材112と各ロボットアーム3に取り付けられた手術器具40とが所定の初期位置関係となるように、ポジショナ7、アームベース5および複数のロボットアーム3の位置決めが行われる。 Then, the surgical assistant or operator S replaces the teaching surgical instrument 40 with a surgical instrument 40 such as a forceps assembly 40A or an endoscope assembly 40B. By performing this preliminary operation, the positioner 7, arm base 5, and multiple robotic arms 3 are positioned so that the port member 112 placed on the body surface of the patient P, which will be the treatment site 110, and the surgical instruments 40 attached to each robotic arm 3 have a predetermined initial positional relationship.

 ロボットアーム3は、この初期姿勢において、その基端部80が概ね水平方向に延びる。そして、折り曲げられた第1リンク81に連なる第2リンク82および第3リンク83は、斜め下方向に延びる。より具体的には、第2リンク82および第3リンク83は、第1関節J31の回転軸R1が延びる方向(第2方向D2)のうち基端部80の基端側から先端側に向かう方向(手術台111上の患者Pの足先側)且つ下方に延びる。そして、第4リンク84、第5リンク85および第6リンク86は、肘11を頂点として折り返して斜め下方向に延びる。より具体的には、第4リンク84、第5リンク85および第6リンク86は、第1関節J31の回転軸R1が延びる方向のうち基端部80の先端側から基端側に向かう方向(手術台111上の患者Pの頭側)且つ下方に延びる。 In this initial posture, the robot arm 3 has its base end 80 extending generally horizontally. The second link 82 and third link 83 connected to the bent first link 81 extend diagonally downward. More specifically, the second link 82 and third link 83 extend downward in the direction in which the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 extends (second direction D2), from the base end side of the base end 80 toward the tip end side (toward the toes of the patient P on the operating table 111). The fourth link 84, fifth link 85, and sixth link 86 fold back with the elbow 11 as their vertex and extend diagonally downward. More specifically, the fourth link 84, the fifth link 85, and the sixth link 86 extend downward in the direction in which the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 extends, from the tip side of the base end portion 80 toward the base end side (toward the head side of the patient P on the operating table 111).

 本実施形態において、手術ロボット1(ポジショナ7、アームベース5および複数のロボットアーム3)が収納位置から準備位置となるまでの間、アーム制御部28は、操作装置2による操作を受け付けない。そして、手術ロボット1が準備位置に位置した後、アーム制御部28は、操作装置2による操作を受け付け可能となる。手術ロボット1が準備位置に位置した後の施術時において、アーム制御部28は、操作者Sが操作装置2を操作して生成された操作入力に基づいて動作指令を生成する。そして、アーム制御部28は、操作装置2からの操作入力に基づいて生成された動作指令に応じて、各ロボットアーム3を動作させて手術器具40の位置および姿勢を適宜変化させるように動作制御する。このとき、アーム制御部28は、ポート部材112に挿通した手術器具40のシャフト部43が遠隔中心RCを通るように手術器具40の姿勢に制限を加えてロボットアーム3を制御する。これによって、ポート部材112が患者Pの体表の面内方向に移動することを規制することができる。 In this embodiment, the arm control unit 28 does not accept operation from the operation device 2 while the surgical robot 1 (positioner 7, arm base 5, and multiple robot arms 3) moves from the storage position to the preparation position. Then, after the surgical robot 1 is positioned at the preparation position, the arm control unit 28 becomes able to accept operation from the operation device 2. During treatment after the surgical robot 1 is positioned at the preparation position, the arm control unit 28 generates operation commands based on operation input generated by the operator S operating the operation device 2. Then, in accordance with the operation commands generated based on the operation input from the operation device 2, the arm control unit 28 controls the operation of each robot arm 3 to appropriately change the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40. At this time, the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arm 3 by restricting the posture of the surgical instrument 40 so that the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 inserted into the port member 112 passes through the remote center RC. This makes it possible to restrict in-plane movement of the port member 112 in the direction of the patient P's body surface.

 この施術時における手術器具40を目標位置において目標姿勢をとるように移動させる動作は、例えば、関節J31~J39の9軸を含む関節の動作を含む動作により実現される。このように、ロボットアーム3は、手術器具40の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な自由度を超える自由度を有する。すなわち、ロボットアーム3は冗長性を有している。そのため、手術器具40のシャフト部43の、ある目標位置および目標姿勢に対応するロボットアーム3の複数の関節の回転位置(関節位置)の組(あるいはそれらの角度位置の組によって決まるロボットアーム3の形体(configuration))は、一意には決まらない。例えば、シャフト部43をその中心軸Cを中心とする周方向に回転させる動作は、中心軸Cと同軸に設けられている第9関節J39を回転させて実現する他に、アーム本体30の先端部32を中心軸Cを中心とする周方向に回転させる動作によっても実現できる。したがって、アーム制御部28は、アーム本体30の動作および第9関節J39の動作を組み合わせて、シャフト部43の、中心軸Cを中心とする周方向の回転動作を制御する。そして、アーム制御部28は、シャフト部43をその中心軸Cを中心とする周方向に回転させる動作、あるいはシャフト部43を回転させずに同じ周方向位置に維持する動作を実現しうる動作のうち、以下の拘束条件を満たすように、アーム本体30および第9関節J39を動作させる。 During this treatment, the operation of moving the surgical instrument 40 to a target position and assume a target posture is achieved, for example, by an operation including the operation of joints including nine axes, joints J31 to J39. In this way, the robot arm 3 has more degrees of freedom than are necessary to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40. In other words, the robot arm 3 has redundancy. Therefore, the set of rotational positions (joint positions) of the multiple joints of the robot arm 3 corresponding to a certain target position and target posture of the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 (or the configuration of the robot arm 3 determined by the set of these angular positions) is not uniquely determined. For example, the operation of rotating the shaft portion 43 in a circumferential direction about its central axis C can be achieved not only by rotating the ninth joint J39, which is arranged coaxially with the central axis C, but also by rotating the tip portion 32 of the arm main body 30 in a circumferential direction about the central axis C. Therefore, the arm control unit 28 combines the movement of the arm main body 30 and the movement of the ninth joint J39 to control the circumferential rotation of the shaft portion 43 around the central axis C. The arm control unit 28 then operates the arm main body 30 and the ninth joint J39 to satisfy the following constraints among the movements that can be made to rotate the shaft portion 43 around the central axis C or to maintain the shaft portion 43 in the same circumferential position without rotating it.

 拘束条件の設定において、図15に示すように、まず、アーム制御部28は、各ロボットアーム3のそれぞれについて参照点RDを設定する。図13に示すように、ロボットアーム3Bの参照点RDBは、ロボットアーム3Bの第1関節J31の回転軸R1の延長線である参照線RLB上に配置される。ロボットアーム3Aの参照点RDAは、ロボットアーム3Aの第1関節J31の回転軸R1に対して第1方向D1(回転軸R1に垂直な方向)の一方側(+方向)にオフセットして配置された参照線RLA上に配置される(図17も参照)。なお、本動作例においては、第1方向D1は水平方向でもある。なお、第1方向D1はアームベース5の長手方向に平行である。また、ロボットアーム3Cの参照点RDCは、ロボットアーム3Cの第1関節J31の回転軸R1に対して第1方向D1の他方側(-方向)にオフセットして配置された参照線RLC上に配置される。さらに、ロボットアーム3Dの参照点RDDは、アーム3Dの第1関節J31の回転軸R1に対して第1方向D1の他方側(-方向)にオフセットして配置された参照線RLD上に配置される。また、各ロボットアーム3の参照線RLのオフセット距離は個別の値に設定される。これによって、隣のロボットアーム3等の手術ロボットシステム10の他の機器や助手などの周囲の環境等との干渉を適切に予防することができる。 In setting the constraint conditions, as shown in FIG. 15, the arm control unit 28 first sets a reference point RD for each robot arm 3. As shown in FIG. 13, the reference point RDB of robot arm 3B is located on a reference line RLB, which is an extension of the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of robot arm 3B. The reference point RDA of robot arm 3A is located on a reference line RLA, which is offset to one side (positive direction) of the first direction D1 (direction perpendicular to the rotation axis R1) with respect to the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of robot arm 3A (see also FIG. 17). In this operation example, the first direction D1 is also the horizontal direction. The first direction D1 is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the arm base 5. The reference point RDC of robot arm 3C is located on a reference line RLC, which is offset to the other side (negative direction) of the first direction D1 with respect to the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of robot arm 3C. Furthermore, the reference point RDD of the robot arm 3D is located on a reference line RLD that is offset to the other side (negative direction) of the first direction D1 with respect to the rotation axis R1 of the first joint J31 of the arm 3D. The offset distance of the reference line RL of each robot arm 3 is set to an individual value. This makes it possible to appropriately prevent interference with other equipment in the surgical robot system 10, such as an adjacent robot arm 3, and with the surrounding environment, such as assistants.

 次に、図16に示すように、アーム制御部28は、参照点RDから目標位置において目標姿勢をとるシャフト部43の中心軸Cまでの垂線vhの長さLが所定の下限長さLminよりも短いか否かを判定する。そして、アーム制御部28は、垂線vhの長さが下限長さLminよりも短いと判定すると、垂線vhの長さが所定の長さLminよりも長くなるように、参照線RL上における参照点RDの位置をシャフト部43の中心軸Cから遠ざける方向に移動させる。なお、アーム制御部28は、垂線vhの長さが下限長さLminよりも長いと判定すると、この処理を実行しない。なお、アーム制御部28は、上記判定を行うことなく、垂線vhの長さLと参照線RL上における参照点RDの位置との関係を規定する連続関数に基づいて、参照線RL上における参照点RDの位置を決定してもよい。 Next, as shown in FIG. 16, the arm control unit 28 determines whether the length L of the perpendicular line vh from the reference point RD to the central axis C of the shaft unit 43, which assumes the target posture at the target position, is shorter than a predetermined lower limit length Lmin. If the arm control unit 28 determines that the length of the perpendicular line vh is shorter than the lower limit length Lmin, it moves the position of the reference point RD on the reference line RL in a direction away from the central axis C of the shaft unit 43 so that the length of the perpendicular line vh becomes longer than the predetermined length Lmin. Note that if the arm control unit 28 determines that the length of the perpendicular line vh is longer than the lower limit length Lmin, it does not execute this process. Note that the arm control unit 28 may determine the position of the reference point RD on the reference line RL based on a continuous function that defines the relationship between the length L of the perpendicular line vh and the position of the reference point RD on the reference line RL, without making the above determination.

 次に、図15に示すように、アーム制御部28は、参照平面RPが参照点RDを通るように、関節J31~J39の位置決めを行う。上述の通り、参照平面RPとは、長軸方向Dtに延びる第9関節J39の回転軸R9を含み、第7関節J37の回転軸R7と交差する平面である。 Next, as shown in FIG. 15, the arm control unit 28 positions the joints J31 to J39 so that the reference plane RP passes through the reference point RD. As described above, the reference plane RP is a plane that includes the rotation axis R9 of the ninth joint J39 extending in the longitudinal direction Dt and intersects with the rotation axis R7 of the seventh joint J37.

 これによって、並進移動機構35および器具ベース45は、参照点RDと遠隔中心RCとを結ぶ軸線Rv周りに揺動するように姿勢が拘束される。したがって、シャフト部43をその中心軸Cを中心とする周方向に回転させる動作を実現するにあたり、ロボットアーム3の先端部32を中心軸Cを中心とする周方向に回転させる動作の割合を少なくすることができる。また、第9関節J39を回転させてシャフト部43を回転させる動作の割合を大きくすることができる。よって、第7関節J37に垂直な方向に連なる並進移動機構35に参照点RDから外側に向かう方向に向く姿勢をとらせることができる。これによって並進移動機構35および器具ベース45がロボットアーム3の側方(第1方向D1)に張り出す姿勢をとることを抑制することができる。その結果、隣のロボットアーム3等の手術ロボットシステム10の他の機器や周囲の環境等との干渉を予防することができる。また、アーム本体30の第6リンク86が第7関節J37からロボットアーム3の中心方向に向く姿勢をロボットアーム3にとらせることができるため、アーム本体30のリンク長を有効に使用でき、動作範囲を広くすることができる。また、複数のロボットアーム3がアームベース本体50から扇形状に広がる姿勢をとるので、隣接するロボットアーム間の干渉を低減させることができる。 This constrains the translational movement mechanism 35 and instrument base 45 to swing around the axis Rv connecting the reference point RD and the remote center RC. Therefore, when rotating the shaft portion 43 in a circumferential direction around its central axis C, the proportion of the movement of rotating the tip portion 32 of the robot arm 3 in a circumferential direction around the central axis C can be reduced. Furthermore, the proportion of the movement of rotating the shaft portion 43 by rotating the ninth joint J39 can be increased. This allows the translational movement mechanism 35, which is connected perpendicularly to the seventh joint J37, to assume a position facing outward from the reference point RD. This prevents the translational movement mechanism 35 and instrument base 45 from assuming a position that protrudes to the side of the robot arm 3 (in the first direction D1). As a result, interference with other devices in the surgical robot system 10, such as an adjacent robot arm 3, and the surrounding environment can be prevented. Furthermore, because the robot arm 3 can be oriented such that the sixth link 86 of the arm main body 30 faces from the seventh joint J37 toward the center of the robot arm 3, the link length of the arm main body 30 can be used effectively, widening the range of motion. Furthermore, because multiple robot arms 3 are oriented so that they spread out in a fan shape from the arm base main body 50, interference between adjacent robot arms can be reduced.

 さらに、図16に示すように、例えばシャフト部43が遠隔中心RC周りに起きるように揺動し、シャフト部43が参照点RDに近づくと、シャフト部43を中心軸C周りに回転させる動作において、ロボットアーム3の先端部32を中心軸Cまわりに移動させる動作の回転半径が小さくなる。その結果、ロボットアーム3の動作が過敏になり、並進移動機構35および器具ベース45にロボットアーム3の急激な動作による大きな振動発生や追従性の低下が発生する可能性がある。この点について、アーム制御部28は、垂線vhの長さLが下限長さLminよりも短いと判定すると、垂線vhの長さが所定の長さLminよりも長くなるように、参照線RL上における参照点RDの位置を移動させる。したがって、シャフト部43が参照点RDに近づいた時にロボットアーム3の先端部32を中心軸Cまわりに移動させる動作の回転半径が小さくなることを防止することができ、これによって、ロボットアーム3の過敏な動作を抑制することができる。また、アーム制御部28が垂線vhの長さLと参照線RL上における参照点RDの位置との関係を規定する連続関数に基づいて参照線RL上における参照点RDの位置を決定する場合は、過敏な動作の発生を避けることができる。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 16 , for example, when the shaft portion 43 swings around the remote center RC and approaches the reference point RD, the radius of rotation of the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 around the central axis C during the operation of rotating the shaft portion 43 around the central axis C becomes smaller. As a result, the operation of the robot arm 3 becomes sensitive, and large vibrations and reduced tracking ability may occur in the translational movement mechanism 35 and the instrument base 45 due to sudden movement of the robot arm 3. In this regard, when the arm control unit 28 determines that the length L of the perpendicular line vh is shorter than the lower limit length Lmin, it moves the position of the reference point RD on the reference line RL so that the length of the perpendicular line vh is longer than the predetermined length Lmin. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the radius of rotation of the operation of moving the tip 32 of the robot arm 3 around the central axis C from becoming smaller when the shaft portion 43 approaches the reference point RD, thereby suppressing sensitive operation of the robot arm 3. Furthermore, if the arm control unit 28 determines the position of the reference point RD on the reference line RL based on a continuous function that defines the relationship between the length L of the perpendicular line vh and the position of the reference point RD on the reference line RL, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of overly sensitive movements.

 このように、アーム制御部28は、手術器具40のシャフト部43が目標位置において目標姿勢をとるようにロボットアーム3を制御する。新たな目標位置および目標姿勢が設定されると、アーム制御部28は、再び垂線vhの長さLが所定の下限長さLminよりも短いか否かの判定処理し、それ以降の処理を実行する。 In this way, the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arm 3 so that the shaft portion 43 of the surgical instrument 40 assumes the target posture at the target position. Once a new target position and target posture are set, the arm control unit 28 again determines whether the length L of the perpendicular line vh is shorter than the predetermined lower limit length Lmin, and then executes subsequent processing.

 そして、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10においては、上述した制御方法に加えて、ロボットアーム3と周囲の物体(例えば、隣のロボットアーム3)との干渉をより一層確実に回避するために、以下に説明する制御方法を実施することができる。 In addition to the control method described above, the surgical robot system 10 according to this embodiment can also implement the control method described below to more reliably avoid interference between the robot arm 3 and surrounding objects (e.g., an adjacent robot arm 3).

 本実施形態においては、複数のロボットアーム3のそれぞれの少なくとも一部がモデル化されている。例えば、図18に示したように、カプセル形状の仮想モデルによってロボットアーム3の少なくとも一部を包囲するようにモデル化され得る。ロボットアーム3のモデル化の対象部位は、並進移動機構35の少なくとも一部を含んでいても良い。そして、ロボットアーム3の仮想モデルの少なくとも一部を参照部位として設定する。図18では、参照部位を、実線で示したカプセルで表している。参照部位は、隣り合うロボットアーム3同士が、施術中に最も接近し易いと想定される部位を選択しても良い。例えば、並進移動機構35の一部を参照部位として選択しても良い。 In this embodiment, at least a portion of each of the multiple robot arms 3 is modeled. For example, as shown in FIG. 18, the robot arm 3 may be modeled so that at least a portion of it is surrounded by a capsule-shaped virtual model. The target portion of the robot arm 3 to be modeled may include at least a portion of the translational movement mechanism 35. At least a portion of the virtual model of the robot arm 3 is set as the reference portion. In FIG. 18, the reference portion is represented by a capsule indicated by a solid line. The reference portion may be a portion that is assumed to be most likely to come close to adjacent robot arms 3 during treatment. For example, a portion of the translational movement mechanism 35 may be selected as the reference portion.

 図19に示したように、アーム制御部28は、例えば隣り合うロボットアーム3同士の仮想モデルの参照部位間の近接距離を決定する(ステップS1)。例えば、第1のロボットアーム3Aの仮想モデルの参照部位と、第2のロボットアーム3Bの仮想モデルの参照部位と間の近接距離を決定する。 As shown in FIG. 19, the arm control unit 28 determines the proximity distance between the reference portions of the virtual models of, for example, adjacent robot arms 3 (step S1). For example, it determines the proximity distance between the reference portion of the virtual model of the first robot arm 3A and the reference portion of the virtual model of the second robot arm 3B.

 次に、アーム制御部28は、ステップS1で決定した近接距離と許容最小距離との差が、所定の閾値以上であるか否かを判定する(ステップS2)。図20は、第1のロボットアーム3Aの参照部位と第2のロボットアーム3Bの参照部位との近接距離d12と許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さく、第2のロボットアーム3Bの参照部位と第3のロボットアーム3Cの参照部位との近接距離d23と許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも大きい、という状況を示している。 Next, the arm control unit 28 determines whether the difference between the proximity distance determined in step S1 and the minimum allowable distance is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (step S2). Figure 20 shows a situation in which the difference between the minimum allowable distance and the proximity distance d12 between the reference portion of the first robot arm 3A and the reference portion of the second robot arm 3B is smaller than the predetermined threshold, and the difference between the minimum allowable distance and the proximity distance d23 between the reference portion of the second robot arm 3B and the reference portion of the third robot arm 3C is greater than the predetermined threshold.

 アーム制御部28は、アーム同士の近接距離と許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さいと判断した場合には、調整対象のロボットアーム3を選定する(ステップS3)。調整対象のロボットアーム3としては、例えば、互いの近接距離を決定した一対のロボットアーム3のうち、操作装置2からの操作入力による操作(フォローイング操作)によって動作しているロボットアームが選定される。 If the arm control unit 28 determines that the difference between the proximity distance between the arms and the minimum allowable distance is smaller than a predetermined threshold, it selects the robot arm 3 to be adjusted (step S3). As the robot arm 3 to be adjusted, for example, from the pair of robot arms 3 whose proximity distances have been determined, the robot arm that is operating by operation (following operation) based on operation input from the operation device 2 is selected.

 動作中のロボットアーム3を調整対象とすることで、動作中のロボットアーム3の動作範囲を拡大することができる。すなわち、調整を行わない場合には、動作中のロボットアーム3は、他のロボットアームとの近接距離が許容最小距離よりも小さくになった時点で、他のロボットアームとの干渉を防止するために、例えばその動作を停止させる必要がある。これに対して、動作中のロボットアーム3を調整対象とすることで、他のロボットアームとの干渉を回避しつつ、手術器具40の位置および姿勢を制御するための動作を継続することが可能となる。 By making the robot arm 3 in operation the adjustment target, the operating range of the robot arm 3 in operation can be expanded. In other words, if adjustment is not performed, the robot arm 3 in operation will need to stop its operation, for example, to prevent interference with other robot arms when the proximity distance to other robot arms becomes smaller than the minimum allowable distance. In contrast, by making the robot arm 3 in operation the adjustment target, it is possible to continue operation to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument 40 while avoiding interference with other robot arms.

 また、例えば動作中の第1のロボットアーム3Aが静止中の第2のロボットアーム3Bに近づいてアーム同士の近接距離が許容最小距離よりも小さくなった場合、静止中の第2のロボットアーム3Bを調整対象としてその形体(configuration)を変更して第1のロボットアーム3Aとの近接距離を大きくしようとすると、調整対象の第2のロボットアーム3Bと、その隣の第3のロボットアーム3Cとの近接距離が短くなる可能性がある。この場合、第3のロボットアーム3Cを追加の調整対象としてその形体を変更する必要が生じる可能性がある。このように調整対象のロボットアームが連鎖的に増えることは、制御の複雑化を防止するため等の観点からできれば回避したい。この点、静止中の第2のロボットアーム3Bではなく、動作中の第1のロボットアーム3Aを調整対象とすることにより、調整対象のロボットアームが連鎖的に増えることを防止することができる。 Furthermore, for example, if a first robot arm 3A in operation approaches a second robot arm 3B that is stationary and the proximity distance between the arms becomes smaller than the minimum allowable distance, attempting to increase the proximity distance between the stationary second robot arm 3B and the first robot arm 3A by adjusting the configuration of the second robot arm 3B may result in a shorter proximity distance between the second robot arm 3B being adjusted and the adjacent third robot arm 3C. In this case, it may become necessary to adjust the configuration of the third robot arm 3C as an additional adjustment target. It is desirable to avoid this chain reaction of increasing the number of robot arms to be adjusted, in order to prevent the control from becoming more complicated, for example. In this regard, by adjusting the operating first robot arm 3A rather than the stationary second robot arm 3B, it is possible to prevent this chain reaction of increasing the number of robot arms to be adjusted.

 さらに、動作中のロボットアーム3を調整対象とすることで、静止中のロボットアーム3を調整対象とする場合に比べて、調整に伴ってロボットアーム3に振動が生じる可能性を低減することができ、振動の発生による手術への影響を抑制することができる。 Furthermore, by adjusting the robot arm 3 while it is in operation, the possibility of vibration occurring in the robot arm 3 due to adjustment can be reduced compared to when adjusting a stationary robot arm 3, thereby minimizing the impact of vibration on the surgery.

 なお、一対のロボットアーム3の両方が動作している場合には、近接距離が短くなる方向に動作しているロボットアームを選定しても良い。また、いずれのロボットアーム3も互いに近づく方向に動作している場合には、以下のように処理することもできる。まず、一対のロボットアーム3の仮想モデルの参照部位同士を繋ぐ仮想の直線を想定する。この仮想の直線に沿った方向の速度ベクトル成分を、一対のロボットアーム3のそれぞれについて算出する。一方のロボットアーム3の速度ベクトル成分の算出値が、他方のロボットアーム3の速度ベクトル成分の算出値よりも大きい場合、算出値が大きい方のロボットアーム3を調整対象のロボットアーム3として選定する。 Furthermore, if both of a pair of robot arms 3 are operating, the robot arm operating in the direction that shortens the proximity distance may be selected. Alternatively, if both robot arms 3 are operating in directions that bring them closer to each other, the following processing can also be performed. First, imagine a virtual line connecting the reference locations of the virtual models of the pair of robot arms 3. The velocity vector components in the direction along this virtual line are calculated for each of the pair of robot arms 3. If the calculated value of the velocity vector component of one robot arm 3 is greater than the calculated value of the velocity vector component of the other robot arm 3, the robot arm 3 with the greater calculated value is selected as the robot arm 3 to be adjusted.

 次に、アーム制御部28は、ステップS3において選定されたロボットアーム3について、その参照点RDのオフセットの調整方向を決定する(ステップS4)。すなわち、選定されたロボットアーム3について、その参照点RDのオフセットを、図17に示した第1方向D1におけるプラス方向またはマイナス方向のいずれの方向に調整すべきかを決定する。 Next, the arm control unit 28 determines the adjustment direction of the offset of the reference point RD for the robot arm 3 selected in step S3 (step S4). That is, it determines whether the offset of the reference point RD for the selected robot arm 3 should be adjusted in the positive or negative direction in the first direction D1 shown in FIG. 17.

 具体的には、調整対象のロボットアーム3をモデル上で動かしてオフセットの調整方向を決定する。すなわち、モデル上で、参照点RDを、第1方向D1におけるプラスまたはマイナスのいずれかの方向に少しずらしてオフセット量をわずかに変更する。これにより、冗長軸として設定されている第9関節J39に関する拘束条件が少し変更される。その結果、調整対象のロボットアーム3の形体(configuration)がモデル上で僅かに変化する。これにより、アーム同士のモデル上での近接距離が僅かに変化する(図21参照)。参照点RDを第1方向D1におけるプラス方向に僅かにずらしたときのモデル上でのアーム同士の近接距離の変化が、近接距離を大きくする方向の変化の場合には、その方向、すなわち第1方向D1におけるプラス方向を調整方向として決定する。これに対して、参照点RDを第1方向D1におけるプラス方向に僅かにずらしたときのモデル上でのアーム同士の近接距離の変化が、近接距離を小さくする方向の変化の場合には、逆の方向、すなわち第1方向D1におけるマイナス方向をオフセット量の調整方向として決定する。なお、参照点RDをモデル上で最初に動かす方向を、上述したプラス方向ではなく、マイナス方向とすることもできる。 Specifically, the robot arm 3 to be adjusted is moved on the model to determine the offset adjustment direction. That is, on the model, the reference point RD is shifted slightly in either the positive or negative direction in the first direction D1 to slightly change the offset amount. This slightly changes the constraint condition for the ninth joint J39, which is set as a redundant axis. As a result, the configuration of the robot arm 3 to be adjusted changes slightly on the model. This also changes slightly the proximity distance between the arms on the model (see Figure 21). If the change in the proximity distance between the arms on the model when the reference point RD is shifted slightly in the positive direction in the first direction D1 is a change in the direction that increases the proximity distance, that direction, i.e., the positive direction in the first direction D1, is determined as the adjustment direction. Conversely, if the change in the proximity distance between the arms on the model when the reference point RD is shifted slightly in the positive direction in the first direction D1 is a change in the direction that decreases the proximity distance, the opposite direction, i.e., the negative direction in the first direction D1, is determined as the adjustment direction for the offset amount. Note that the direction in which the reference point RD is initially moved on the model can also be the negative direction instead of the positive direction described above.

 上述したステップS4におけるモデル上の演算処理においては、参照点RDのオフセット量の変更に基づいて変化する第9関節J39の関節位置に関する演算のみが行われ、少ない計算量で行うことができ、計算時間も短いもので足りる。 In the calculation process on the model in step S4 described above, only the calculation related to the joint position of the ninth joint J39, which changes based on changes to the offset amount of the reference point RD, is performed, which requires a small amount of calculation and requires only a short calculation time.

 また、ステップS4における処理を、実際にロボットアーム3を動かすようにして行うこともできる。すなわち、モデル上ではなく実際の制御において、参照点RDを、第1方向D1におけるプラスまたはマイナスのいずれかの方向に少しずらしてオフセット量をわずかに変更する。これにより、冗長軸として設定されている第9関節J39に関する拘束条件が少し変更される。その結果、器具ホルダ36の器具駆動部38が駆動されて第9関節J39が僅かに回転する。第9関節J39の僅かな回転に伴って、調整対象のロボットアーム3の形体(configuration)が僅かに変化する。これにより、アーム同士の近接距離が僅かに変化する。参照点RDを第1方向D1におけるプラス方向(またはマイナス方向)に僅かにずらしたときのアーム同士の近接距離の変化が、近接距離を大きくする方向の変化の場合には、第1方向D1におけるプラス方向(またはマイナス方向)を調整方向として決定する。これに対して、参照点RDを第1方向D1におけるプラス方向(またはマイナス方向)に僅かにずらしたときのアーム同士の近接距離の変化が、近接距離を小さくする方向の変化の場合には、第1方向D1におけるマイナス方向(またはプラス方向)をオフセット量の調整方向として決定する。なお、ステップS4において実際にロボットアーム3を動かす場合でも、駆動されるのは冗長軸(第9関節J39)なので、操作装置2からの操作入力に基づいて制御されている手術器具40の運動が影響を受けることはない。 The processing in step S4 can also be performed by actually moving the robot arm 3. That is, in actual control, rather than on a model, the reference point RD is shifted slightly in either the positive or negative direction in the first direction D1 to slightly change the offset amount. This slightly changes the constraint condition for the ninth joint J39, which is set as the redundant axis. As a result, the instrument driver 38 of the instrument holder 36 is driven, causing the ninth joint J39 to rotate slightly. The slight rotation of the ninth joint J39 causes a slight change in the configuration of the robot arm 3 to be adjusted. This slightly changes the proximity distance between the arms. If the change in the proximity distance between the arms when the reference point RD is shifted slightly in the positive (or negative) direction in the first direction D1 is a change in the direction that increases the proximity distance, the positive (or negative) direction in the first direction D1 is determined to be the adjustment direction. On the other hand, if the change in the proximity distance between the arms when the reference point RD is slightly shifted in the positive (or negative) direction in the first direction D1 results in a change that reduces the proximity distance, the negative (or positive) direction in the first direction D1 is determined to be the adjustment direction for the offset amount. Note that even when the robot arm 3 is actually moved in step S4, it is the redundant axis (ninth joint J39) that is driven, and therefore the movement of the surgical instrument 40, which is controlled based on operation input from the operating device 2, is not affected.

 ステップS4においてオフセット量の調整方向が決定されたら、決定された調整方向に、第1方向D1における参照点RDのオフセット量を調整する(ステップS5)。参照点RDのオフセット量を調整(変更)することにより、冗長軸として設定されている第9関節J39に関する拘束条件が変更される。その結果、器具ホルダ36の器具駆動部38が駆動されて第9関節J39が回転する。このとき、操作装置2からの操作入力に基づいて制御されている手術器具40の運動は影響を受けない。拘束条件の変更による第9関節J39の回転に伴って、調整対象のロボットアーム3の形体(configuration)が変化し、これによりアーム同士の近接距離が増大する。 Once the offset adjustment direction is determined in step S4, the offset amount of the reference point RD in the first direction D1 is adjusted in the determined adjustment direction (step S5). Adjusting (changing) the offset amount of the reference point RD changes the constraint condition for the ninth joint J39, which is set as a redundant axis. As a result, the instrument driver 38 of the instrument holder 36 is driven and the ninth joint J39 rotates. At this time, the movement of the surgical instrument 40, which is controlled based on operation input from the operating device 2, is not affected. As the ninth joint J39 rotates due to the change in constraint condition, the configuration of the robot arm 3 to be adjusted changes, thereby increasing the proximity distance between the arms.

 次に、参照点RDのオフセット量の調整により増大したアーム同士の近接距離と許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値以上であるか否かを判定する(ステップS6)。アーム同士の近接距離と許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値以上になったら、参照点RDのオフセット量の調整を終了する(ステップS6)。 Next, it is determined whether the difference between the proximity distance between the arms, which has increased due to adjustment of the offset amount of the reference point RD, and the minimum allowable distance is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (step S6). When the difference between the proximity distance between the arms and the minimum allowable distance is equal to or greater than the predetermined threshold, adjustment of the offset amount of the reference point RD is terminated (step S6).

 上記の通り、アーム制御部28は、参照点RDのオフセット量を調整することにより、ロボットアーム3同士の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持するように、器具ホルダ36の器具駆動部38を制御して第9関節J39を回転させる。既述の通り第9関節J39は冗長軸として設定されているので、参照点RDのオフセット量の変更に伴って拘束条件が変更され、その結果として第9関節J39が回転駆動された場合でも、それによる手術器具40の運動への影響は回避できる。 As described above, the arm control unit 28 adjusts the offset amount of the reference point RD, thereby controlling the instrument drive unit 38 of the instrument holder 36 to rotate the ninth joint J39 so as to maintain the proximity distance between the robot arms 3 at or above the minimum allowable distance. As described above, since the ninth joint J39 is set as a redundant axis, even if the constraint conditions are changed in conjunction with a change in the offset amount of the reference point RD and the ninth joint J39 is rotationally driven as a result, this can be prevented from affecting the movement of the surgical instrument 40.

 図22は、上述した本実施形態による制御方法によって、第3のロボットアーム3Cと第4のロボットアーム3Dとの干渉が回避される様子を示している。図22に示した例においては、第4のロボットアーム3Dが静止している状態において、第3のロボットアーム3Cが第4のロボットアーム3Dに近づく方向に移動している(ステップt)。アーム制御部28は、ロボットアーム3C、3Dの仮想モデル(図18参照)に基づいて、第3のロボットアーム3Cの参照部位と第4のロボットアーム3Dの参照部位との近接距離を決定する(図19のステップS1)。第3のロボットアーム3Cが第4のロボットアーム3Dに近づくと、第3のロボットアーム3Cのモデルの参照部位と第4のロボットアーム3Dのモデルの参照部位との近接距離が徐々に短くなる(ステップt+1)。 FIG. 22 shows how interference between the third robot arm 3C and the fourth robot arm 3D is avoided by the control method according to the present embodiment described above. In the example shown in FIG. 22, while the fourth robot arm 3D is stationary, the third robot arm 3C moves in a direction approaching the fourth robot arm 3D (step t). The arm control unit 28 determines the proximity distance between the reference portion of the third robot arm 3C and the reference portion of the fourth robot arm 3D based on the virtual model of the robot arms 3C and 3D (see FIG. 18) (step S1 in FIG. 19). As the third robot arm 3C approaches the fourth robot arm 3D, the proximity distance between the reference portion of the model of the third robot arm 3C and the reference portion of the model of the fourth robot arm 3D gradually decreases (step t+1).

 アーム制御部28は、第3のロボットアーム3Cが第4のロボットアーム3Dに近づいて、両者のモデルの参照部位同士の近接距離と許容最小距離との差が閾値以下になったら、第3のロボットアーム3Cの参照点RDのオフセット量を調整する処理に入る(ステップt+2)。具体的には、まずオフセット量を調整する対象となるロボットアームを選択する(図19のステップS3)。図22に示した例の場合、第4のロボットアーム3Dが静止しており、第3のロボットアーム3Cが動いている状態にあるので、アーム制御部28は、動いている第3のロボットアーム3Cを調整対象として選択する。 When the third robot arm 3C approaches the fourth robot arm 3D and the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance between the reference locations of the two models becomes equal to or less than the threshold, the arm control unit 28 begins the process of adjusting the offset amount of the reference point RD of the third robot arm 3C (step t+2). Specifically, the arm control unit 28 first selects the robot arm whose offset amount is to be adjusted (step S3 in Figure 19). In the example shown in Figure 22, the fourth robot arm 3D is stationary and the third robot arm 3C is moving, so the arm control unit 28 selects the moving third robot arm 3C as the adjustment target.

 次に、アーム制御部28は、調整対象として選択した第3のロボットアーム3Cのオフセット量の調整方向を算出する(図19のステップS4)。具体的には、モデル上で第3のロボットアーム3Cのオフセットを、図17に示した第1方向D1における一方の方向(例えばプラス方向)に少し動かし、これによりモデル上での第3のロボットアーム3Cの参照部位と第4のロボットアーム3Dの参照部位との近接距離が大きくなったら、当該一方の方向(プラス方向)をオフセット量の調整方向として決定する。逆に、当該近接距離が小さくなったら、第1方向D1における他方の方向(マイナス方向)を、第3のロボットアーム3Cのオフセット量の調整方向として決定する。 Next, the arm control unit 28 calculates the adjustment direction for the offset amount of the third robot arm 3C selected as the adjustment target (step S4 in Figure 19). Specifically, the offset of the third robot arm 3C on the model is moved slightly in one direction (e.g., the positive direction) in the first direction D1 shown in Figure 17. If this increases the proximity distance between the reference portion of the third robot arm 3C and the reference portion of the fourth robot arm 3D on the model, that direction (positive direction) is determined as the adjustment direction for the offset amount. Conversely, if this proximity distance decreases, the other direction (negative direction) in the first direction D1 is determined as the adjustment direction for the offset amount of the third robot arm 3C.

 次に、算出した調整方向に向けて、第3のロボットアーム3Cのオフセット量を調整する(図19のステップS5)。これにより、第3のロボットアーム3Cが、第4のロボットアーム3Dから離れる方向に移動する(ステップt+2)。アーム制御部28は、第3のロボットアーム3Cのモデルと第4のロボットアーム3Dのモデルの参照部位同士の近接距離が許容最小距離以上になったか否かを判定し(図19のステップS6)、同近接距離が許容最小距離以上になった時点で、第3のロボットアーム3Cのオフセット量の調整を終了する。 Next, the offset amount of the third robot arm 3C is adjusted in the calculated adjustment direction (step S5 in FIG. 19). As a result, the third robot arm 3C moves in a direction away from the fourth robot arm 3D (step t+2). The arm control unit 28 determines whether the proximity distance between the reference locations of the model of the third robot arm 3C and the model of the fourth robot arm 3D is equal to or greater than the minimum allowable distance (step S6 in FIG. 19), and ends adjustment of the offset amount of the third robot arm 3C when the proximity distance is equal to or greater than the minimum allowable distance.

 以上の操作によって、第3のロボットアーム3Cのモデルと第4のロボットアーム3Dのモデルの参照部位同士の近接距離が許容最小距離以上に維持される。これにより、第3のロボットアーム3Cと第4のロボットアーム3Dとの干渉を自動的に回避することができる。その結果、例えばロボットアーム同士の干渉により手術ロボット1が停止状態(ロック状態)になることを回避して、手術の継続性を担保することができる。 The above operations maintain the proximity distance between the reference locations of the model of the third robot arm 3C and the model of the fourth robot arm 3D at or above the minimum allowable distance. This makes it possible to automatically avoid interference between the third robot arm 3C and the fourth robot arm 3D. As a result, it is possible to avoid the surgical robot 1 being put into a stopped state (locked state) due to interference between the robot arms, for example, and ensure the continuity of the surgery.

 また、隣接するロボットアーム3C、3Dのモデルの参照部位同士の近接距離がアーム制御部28によって許容最小距離以上に自動的に維持されるので、動作中のロボットアーム3Cによるエンドエフェクタの位置および姿勢の制御(フォローイング動作)が中断されることを回避できる。これにより、操作者Sによる施術の継続性を担保することができる。 Furthermore, the arm control unit 28 automatically maintains the proximity distance between the reference locations of the adjacent robot arms 3C and 3D models at or above the minimum allowable distance, preventing interruptions to the control of the position and posture of the end effector by the operating robot arm 3C (following operation). This ensures the continuity of treatment by the operator S.

 干渉回避対象である物体は、上述したように典型的には隣のロボットアーム3であるが、隣のロボットアーム3以外にも、患者側ユニットを構成する、ロボットアーム3以外の機器、あるいは施術補助者等も、適切な物体検出手段を設けることによって、干渉回避対象とすることができる。適切な物体検出手段としては、ロボットアーム3の適切な位置に設けた、周囲の物体との接近を検出するための近接センサ60(図10参照)があげられる。近接センサ60としては、誘導近接センサ、磁気近接センサ、光近接センサ、超音波近接センサ、静電容量式近接センサ等を用いることができる。近接センサ60からの検出信号はアーム制御部28に送信され、検出信号に基づいて対象のロボットアーム3と周囲の物体との距離を決定し、決定された距離に基づいて上述した干渉回避制御を行うことができる。また、周囲の物体を撮像するための撮像装置を設置し、この撮像装置から画像を機械学習等の人工知能技術を用いて分析し、対象のロボットアーム3と周囲の物体との距離を決定するようにしても良い。 As mentioned above, the object to be avoided is typically the adjacent robot arm 3. However, by providing appropriate object detection means, other objects besides the adjacent robot arm 3, such as devices other than the robot arm 3 that make up the patient-side unit, or treatment assistants, can also be targets of interference avoidance. An example of an appropriate object detection means is a proximity sensor 60 (see Figure 10) that is provided at an appropriate position on the robot arm 3 and detects the proximity of surrounding objects. The proximity sensor 60 can be an inductive proximity sensor, magnetic proximity sensor, optical proximity sensor, ultrasonic proximity sensor, or capacitive proximity sensor. The detection signal from the proximity sensor 60 is transmitted to the arm control unit 28, which determines the distance between the target robot arm 3 and the surrounding object based on the detection signal, and performs the above-mentioned interference avoidance control based on the determined distance. Alternatively, an imaging device can be provided to capture images of surrounding objects, and the images from this imaging device can be analyzed using artificial intelligence techniques such as machine learning to determine the distance between the target robot arm 3 and the surrounding object.

 また、ロボットアーム3以外の干渉回避対象の物体について、当該物体が存在する空間領域、あるいは当該物体が存在する可能性がある空間領域を、侵入禁止領域として予めモデル化しておいても良い。侵入禁止領域は、例えば、手術ロボット1を構成するロボットアーム3以外の機器が存在する空間領域に設定しても良いし、あるいは、手術中に施術補助者の身体が存在する可能性がある空間領域に設定しても良い。侵入禁止領域のモデルは、アーム制御部28が認識しているスレーブ側座標系において定義しても良い。これによりアーム制御部28は、対象のロボットアーム3のモデルと侵入禁止領域のモデルとの近接距離を、近接センサなどを用いることなく演算によって決定することができる。あるいは、近接センサの検出結果を用いる方法と、侵入禁止領域のモデルを用いる方法とを併用することもできる。 Furthermore, for objects other than the robot arm 3 that are to be prevented from interfering with the surgical robot 1, the spatial region in which the object exists, or the spatial region in which the object may exist, may be modeled in advance as a no-entry region. The no-entry region may be set, for example, to a spatial region in which equipment other than the robot arm 3 constituting the surgical robot 1 exists, or to a spatial region in which the body of a surgical assistant may be present during surgery. The model of the no-entry region may be defined in a slave-side coordinate system recognized by the arm control unit 28. This allows the arm control unit 28 to determine the proximity distance between the model of the target robot arm 3 and the model of the no-entry region by calculation, without using a proximity sensor or the like. Alternatively, a method using the detection results of a proximity sensor and a method using the model of the no-entry region may be used in combination.

 上記の通り、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムおよびその制御方法によれば、ロボットアームとロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との干渉を確実に回避して、操作者(外科医)Sによる手術の継続性を確実に担保することができる。 As described above, the surgical robot system and control method according to this embodiment can reliably avoid interference between the robot arm and objects around the robot arm, ensuring the continuity of surgery by the operator (surgeon) S.

 本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10において、ポジショナ制御部75は、手術中にポジショナ7を制御してアームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整する。アーム制御部28は、手術器具40の運動がポジショナ制御部75によるアームベース5の調整によって影響を受けることなく、ロボットアーム3を制御する。すなわち、アーム制御部28は、ポジショナ制御部75によってアームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方が調整される際においても、手術器具40の位置および姿勢が、操作者Sによって操作装置2から入力された操作入力に基づいて決定された位置および姿勢になるように、ロボットアーム3を制御する。 In the surgical robot system 10 according to this embodiment, the positioner control unit 75 controls the positioner 7 during surgery to adjust at least one of the position and posture of the arm base 5. The arm control unit 28 controls the robot arm 3 without the movement of the surgical instrument 40 being affected by adjustments of the arm base 5 by the positioner control unit 75. In other words, even when at least one of the position and posture of the arm base 5 is adjusted by the positioner control unit 75, the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arm 3 so that the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40 are determined based on the operation input entered by the operator S from the operation device 2.

 図23に示したように、ポジショナ制御部75は、術野指定手段76、術野推定手段77、手動アーム選択手段78、自動アーム選択手段79を備えている。ポジショナ制御部75は、これらの手段によって、手術中に変化する術中状態に基づいてアームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整する。手術中に変化する術中状態は、例えば、手術中に内視鏡12の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方が変化することによって、内視鏡12で撮像される術野が変化すること、操作者Sが手動にて術野を指定することによって、ロボットアーム3の制御との関係で仮想的に規定される術野が変化すること、操作者Sによる操作によって動作するロボットアーム3同士の離間距離が変化すること等に関連する。術野は、例えば、手術中に手術部位を撮像する内視鏡12の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方に基づいて、内視鏡12の焦点距離および画角との関連で、スレーブ側の座標系において、球状の領域として規定することができる。 23, the positioner control unit 75 includes a surgical field designation means 76, a surgical field estimation means 77, a manual arm selection means 78, and an automatic arm selection means 79. Using these means, the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and posture of the arm base 5 based on the intraoperative conditions that change during surgery. The intraoperative conditions that change during surgery relate to, for example, changes in the surgical field imaged by the endoscope 12 due to changes in at least one of the position and posture of the endoscope 12 during surgery, changes in the virtually defined surgical field in relation to the control of the robot arm 3 due to the operator S manually designating the surgical field, and changes in the separation distance between the robot arms 3 operated by the operator S. The surgical field can be defined as a spherical region in the slave-side coordinate system in relation to the focal length and angle of view of the endoscope 12, based on, for example, at least one of the position and posture of the endoscope 12 that images the surgical site during surgery.

 ポジショナ制御部75の術野指定手段76は、例えば、操作装置2のタッチパネル23等から入力された操作者Sからの指令に基づいて、手術中に術野を指定することができる。或いは、術野指定手段76による術野の指定は、内視鏡12の視野画像上で、アノテーション機能を用いて、操作者Sがデジタイザペンで囲むことで行うようにしても良い。例えば、術野指定手段76は、操作者Sが患者Pの手術部位を含む体内の3次元空間内の1つの点を指定すると、その指定された点を中心とした所定の範囲の空間領域(例えば、所定の直径を有する球状の空間領域)を仮想的な術野として指定する。このように操作者Sからの指示によって指定される術野は、内視鏡12によって撮像される実際の術野とは必ずしも完全に一致している必要はなく、手術ロボット1の制御との関係で仮想的に規定される術野であっても良い。また、操作者Sが指定した術野と内視鏡12によって撮像される術野とが一致するように、アーム制御部28によって、内視鏡12が装着されたロボットアーム3を制御するようにしても良い。 The surgical field designation means 76 of the positioner control unit 75 can designate a surgical field during surgery based on commands from the operator S input via, for example, the touch panel 23 of the operation device 2. Alternatively, the surgical field designation means 76 may designate the surgical field by having the operator S use the annotation function to circle the field of view image of the endoscope 12 with a digitizer pen. For example, when the operator S designates a point in a three-dimensional space within the body of the patient P that includes the surgical site, the surgical field designation means 76 designates a spatial region of a predetermined range (e.g., a spherical spatial region with a predetermined diameter) centered on the designated point as a virtual surgical field. The surgical field designated by commands from the operator S in this way does not necessarily have to perfectly match the actual surgical field imaged by the endoscope 12, and may be a virtually defined surgical field in relation to the control of the surgical robot 1. Furthermore, the arm control unit 28 may control the robot arm 3 to which the endoscope 12 is attached so that the surgical field designated by the operator S matches the surgical field imaged by the endoscope 12.

 図24A、図24B、図24Cに示したように、ポジショナ制御部75は、アームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、複数のロボットアーム3のうちの少なくとも1つである対象のロボットアーム3について、操作者Sによって指定された術野内で手術器具40(より具体的にはエンドエフェクタ44)が動作できる領域として規定される器具動作可能範囲を調整する。この器具動作可能範囲の調整は、器具動作可能範囲を最大化するように行っても良い。この点については後ほど詳述する。 As shown in Figures 24A, 24B, and 24C, the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to adjust the instrument operable range, which is defined as the area in which the surgical instrument 40 (more specifically, the end effector 44) can operate within the surgical field specified by the operator S, for at least one target robot arm 3 out of multiple robot arms 3. This adjustment of the instrument operable range may be performed so as to maximize the instrument operable range. This point will be described in more detail later.

 ポジショナ制御部75の術野推定手段77は、手術台111の傾きに基づいて術野を自動的に推定する手段である。すなわち、術野推定手段77は、患者Pが載置されている手術台111の傾きが手術中に変更された場合に、例えば手術台111の傾きや内視鏡12の位置および姿勢に基づいて術野を推定する。ポジショナ制御部75は、アームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、複数のロボットアーム3のうちの少なくとも1つである対象のロボットアーム3について、術野推定手段77によって推定された術野内で手術器具40(より具体的にはエンドエフェクタ44)が動作できる範囲として規定される器具動作可能範囲を調整する。この器具動作可能範囲の調整は、器具動作可能範囲を最大化するように行っても良い。この点については後ほど詳述する。 The surgical field estimation means 77 of the positioner control unit 75 is a means for automatically estimating the surgical field based on the inclination of the operating table 111. That is, if the inclination of the operating table 111 on which the patient P is placed changes during surgery, the surgical field estimation means 77 estimates the surgical field based on, for example, the inclination of the operating table 111 and the position and orientation of the endoscope 12. The positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to adjust the instrument operable range, which is defined as the range within which the surgical instrument 40 (more specifically, the end effector 44) can operate within the surgical field estimated by the surgical field estimation means 77, for at least one target robot arm 3 out of the multiple robot arms 3. This adjustment of the instrument operable range may be performed so as to maximize the instrument operable range. This point will be described in more detail later.

 ポジショナ制御部75の手動アーム選択手段78は、操作者Sからの指令に基づいて、対象のロボットアーム3を選択する機能を有している。ここで、対象のロボットアーム3とは、例えば、ポジショナ制御部75によってアームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整して手術器具40の動作可能範囲を最大化させる際に、動作可能範囲の最大化を図るべき対象の手術器具40が装着されたロボットアーム3のことである。また、対象のロボットアーム3は、ポジショナ制御部75によってアームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整してアーム同士の干渉を回避する際に、干渉を回避すべき対象のロボットアーム3のことである。対象のロボットアーム3は、1つでも良いし、複数でも良い。また、対象のロボットアーム3は、自動アーム選択手段79によって、例えば操作者Sからの操作入力によって操作されているロボットアーム3を自動的に選択するようにしても良い。 The manual arm selection means 78 of the positioner control unit 75 has the function of selecting a target robot arm 3 based on a command from the operator S. Here, the target robot arm 3 refers to, for example, the robot arm 3 to which the target surgical instrument 40 is attached, whose range of motion is to be maximized when the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to maximize the range of motion of the surgical instrument 40. The target robot arm 3 also refers to the target robot arm 3 from which interference is to be avoided when the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 to avoid interference between arms. There may be one target robot arm 3, or multiple target robot arms 3. The target robot arm 3 may also be automatically selected by the automatic arm selection means 79, for example, as the robot arm 3 being operated by operation input from the operator S.

 ポジショナ制御部75は、アームベース5の周囲に予め設定された仮想空間とアームベース5との距離を一定以上に維持する機能を有していても良い。例えば、手術中に手術台111の近くで作業を行う施術補助者について、手術中に施術補助者がそこに移動する可能性がある空間を仮想の作業空間として予め設定して制御装置4のメモリ302に記憶しておき、ポジショナ制御部75がアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を調整する際には、設定した作業空間とアームベース5との距離を一定以上に維持するようにして調整する。これにより、手術中に動作するアームベース5が施術補助者と干渉する可能性を低減することができる。 The positioner control unit 75 may have a function to maintain a certain distance between the arm base 5 and a virtual space preset around the arm base 5. For example, for a surgical assistant working near the operating table 111 during surgery, a space to which the surgical assistant may move during surgery is preset as a virtual workspace and stored in the memory 302 of the control device 4, and when the positioner control unit 75 adjusts the position and/or posture of the arm base 5, it adjusts it so that the distance between the set workspace and the arm base 5 is maintained at a certain distance or more. This reduces the possibility of the arm base 5 moving during surgery interfering with the surgical assistant.

 ポジショナ制御部75は、手術中にアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を調整することによって、複数のロボットアーム3のうちの1つのロボットアーム3と、複数のロボットアーム3のうちの他の1つのロボットアーム3との干渉を回避する機能を備えている。すなわち、操作者Sからの操作入力に基づいて動作するロボットアーム3の形体(configuration)は、手術器具40の位置および姿勢が同じであっても、アームベース5の位置および/または姿勢が異なれば、違うものとなり得る。したがって、手術器具40の位置および姿勢が同じであっても、アームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を変更することによって、ロボットアーム3の形体を変えることができる。そこで、ポジショナ制御部75は、操作者Sからの操作入力によって操作されているロボットアーム3が、他のロボットアーム3と干渉することを回避するために、アームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を制御してロボットアーム3の形体を変更する。このようにロボットアーム3同士の干渉を回避することにより、手術器具40の動作可能範囲を最大化することができる。 The positioner control unit 75 has the function of adjusting the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 during surgery to avoid interference between one robot arm 3 out of the multiple robot arms 3 and another robot arm 3 out of the multiple robot arms 3. In other words, the configuration of the robot arm 3 operating based on operation input from the operator S may be different if the position and posture of the arm base 5 is different, even if the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40 are the same. Therefore, even if the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40 are the same, the configuration of the robot arm 3 can be changed by changing the position and/or posture of the arm base 5. Therefore, in order to prevent the robot arm 3 operated by operation input from the operator S from interfering with another robot arm 3, the positioner control unit 75 controls the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 to change the configuration of the robot arm 3. By avoiding interference between the robot arms 3 in this way, the range of operation of the surgical instrument 40 can be maximized.

 本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10においては、上述したように、手術中に変化する術中状態(例えば、術野の変更)に基づいてポジショナ制御部75がアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を調整する。例えば、アームベース5の位置および姿勢が図25Aに示した状態にあるときに、操作者Sからの操作入力に基づいて、内視鏡アセンブリ40Bが装着された第2のロボットアーム3Bが操作され、内視鏡アセンブリ40Bの内視鏡12の向き(姿勢)が、図25Bに示したように変化すると、それに応じて術野SFの位置も変化する。これに応じて、ポジショナ制御部75は、図25Cに示したようにアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を変更する。この際、アーム制御部28は、アームベース5の運動がいずれの手術器具40A、40B、40C、40Dの運動にも影響を与えないようにしながら、ロボットアーム3A、3B、3C、3Dを制御する。すなわち、アーム制御部28は、ポジショナ制御部75によってアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢が変更される際に、これによって鉗子先端(エンドエフェクタ44)の位置姿勢が変化することがなく且つ内視鏡12の位置姿勢が変化することがないように、ロボットアーム3同士の干渉や、ロボットアーム3とポジショナ7との干渉を回避しながら、ロボットアーム3A、3B、3C、3Dを制御する。変更後のアームベース5の位置および姿勢は、変更後の術野との関係で手術器具40の動作可能範囲を最大化するものなので、操作者Sは、図25Dに示したように支障なく手術を続行することができる。 In the surgical robot system 10 according to this embodiment, as described above, the positioner control unit 75 adjusts the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 based on the intraoperative condition (e.g., a change in the surgical field) that changes during surgery. For example, when the position and posture of the arm base 5 are as shown in FIG. 25A, if the second robot arm 3B equipped with the endoscope assembly 40B is operated based on operation input from the operator S, and the orientation (posture) of the endoscope 12 of the endoscope assembly 40B changes as shown in FIG. 25B, the position of the surgical field SF also changes accordingly. In response to this, the positioner control unit 75 changes the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 as shown in FIG. 25C. At this time, the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arms 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D while ensuring that the movement of the arm base 5 does not affect the movement of any of the surgical instruments 40A, 40B, 40C, and 40D. That is, when the position and/or orientation of the arm base 5 is changed by the positioner control unit 75, the arm control unit 28 controls the robot arms 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D while avoiding interference between the robot arms 3 and between the robot arms 3 and the positioner 7, so that the position and orientation of the forceps tip (end effector 44) and the endoscope 12 do not change. The changed position and orientation of the arm base 5 maximizes the operable range of the surgical instrument 40 in relation to the changed surgical field, allowing the operator S to continue the surgery without hindrance, as shown in FIG. 25D.

 次に、手術中の術野の変化に応じてアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を制御して手術器具40の動作可能範囲を調整することについて、仮想モデルを用いたシミュレーションによる評価方法について説明する。 Next, we will explain a method for evaluating, through simulation using a virtual model, how to adjust the operable range of the surgical instrument 40 by controlling the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 in response to changes in the surgical field during surgery.

 図26は、中央のロボットアーム3に装着された内視鏡アセンブリ40Bおよび両側のロボットアーム3に装着された鉗子アセンブリ40Aのそれぞれのシャフト部43が、ポート部材(図示せず)を介して患者Pの体壁(body wall)BWを貫通している様子を模式的に示している。ロボットアーム3によって手術器具40の位置および姿勢を制御する際には、3本のシャフト部43は、いずれも、患者Pの体壁BW付近に設定されたピボット点PPを中心に回転する。例えば、内視鏡アセンブリ40Bの内視鏡12の正面(シャフト部43の軸線方向の前方)に術野(surgical field)SFが形成される。 Figure 26 shows a schematic diagram of the shaft portions 43 of the endoscope assembly 40B attached to the central robot arm 3 and the forceps assemblies 40A attached to the robot arms 3 on both sides penetrating the body wall BW of the patient P via port members (not shown). When the robot arms 3 control the position and posture of the surgical instrument 40, all three shaft portions 43 rotate around a pivot point PP set near the body wall BW of the patient P. For example, a surgical field SF is formed in front of the endoscope 12 of the endoscope assembly 40B (forward in the axial direction of the shaft portions 43).

 図27Aおよび図27Bは、球状の領域として規定された仮想の術野SFに対して、仮想モデルとしてのアームベース5、ロボットアーム3、手術器具40などを用いて、手術器具40(より詳細にはエンドエフェクタ44)の動作可能範囲(器具動作可能範囲)をシミュレーションにて評価するための方法を説明するための図である。 Figures 27A and 27B are diagrams illustrating a method for simulating the operable range (instrument operable range) of a surgical instrument 40 (more specifically, the end effector 44) using virtual models of an arm base 5, robot arm 3, surgical instrument 40, etc., in a virtual surgical field SF defined as a spherical area.

 図27Aおよび図27Bに示したように、体内に定めた球状の術野SFを評価領域として、評価領域内に多数の格子点を作成する。術野SFの大きさは、対象の手術の内容(手術部位・術式等)に応じて決定しても良い。そして、術野SF内に作成した多数の格子点のそれぞれについて、手術器具40の到達可能性をシミュレーションによって判定する。手術器具40と各格子点との到達の可否は、例えば、手術器具40のツールセンターポイント(TCP)と各格子点との距離が所定の閾値以下の場合は到達可能と判断し、所定の閾値を超える場合は到達不可能と判断する。また、到達可能か否かの判定は、各格子点に対して、手術器具40の位置および姿勢を様々に変えながら探索して行われる。到達可能な格子点の数が多いほど、手術器具40の動作可能範囲(器具動作可能範囲)が大きいと判定される。図27Aに示した状態と図27Bに示した状態とでは、術野SFは同一であるが、仮想モデルとしてのアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢が互いに異なっている。 As shown in Figures 27A and 27B, a spherical surgical field SF defined inside the body is used as the evaluation area, and multiple grid points are created within the evaluation area. The size of the surgical field SF may be determined depending on the details of the target surgery (surgical site, surgical procedure, etc.). The reachability of the surgical instrument 40 for each of the multiple grid points created within the surgical field SF is then determined by simulation. The reachability of the surgical instrument 40 to each grid point is determined, for example, as reachable if the distance between the tool center point (TCP) of the surgical instrument 40 and the grid point is less than a predetermined threshold, and as unreachable if it exceeds the predetermined threshold. Furthermore, the reachability determination is performed by searching for each grid point while varying the position and orientation of the surgical instrument 40 in various ways. The greater the number of reachable grid points, the larger the operational range (instrument operational range) of the surgical instrument 40 is determined to be. The surgical field SF is the same in the state shown in Figure 27A and the state shown in Figure 27B, but the position and/or orientation of the arm base 5 as a virtual model are different.

 図27Aに示した状態の場合、一方のロボットアーム3と他方のロボットアーム3とが干渉しているので、このときの評価対象の格子点は到達不可能な格子点として判定される。すなわち、図27Aに示した状態におけるアームベース5の位置および姿勢は、対象の術野SFとの関係ではNGと判定される。一方、図27Bに示した状態の場合、一方のロボットアーム3と他方のロボットアーム3とが干渉していないので、このときの評価対象の格子点は到達可能な格子点として判定される。すなわち、図27Bに示した状態におけるアームベース5の位置および姿勢は、対象の術野SFとの関係ではOKと判定される。このように、アームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を変えることによって、同じ格子点に対して、手術器具40が到達不可能な場合(図27A)と到達可能な場合(図27B)とが生じる。本例のシミュレーションにおいては、仮想モデルとしてのアームベース5の位置および姿勢の設定を様々に変化させながら、また、仮想モデルとしての球状の術野SFの位置を様々に変化させながら、それぞれの格子点に対して手術器具40の到達可能性を評価する。そして、対象の術野SFに対する到達可能な格子点の数が、例えば、アームベース5の第1の位置・姿勢では100であり、アームベース5の第2の位置・姿勢では150であったとすれば、対象の術野SFについては第2の位置・姿勢の方がより良いと評価する。 27A, one robot arm 3 and the other robot arm 3 are interfering with each other, so the grid point being evaluated at this time is determined to be an unreachable grid point. In other words, the position and posture of the arm base 5 in the state shown in FIG. 27A are determined to be NG in relation to the target surgical field SF. On the other hand, in the state shown in FIG. 27B, one robot arm 3 and the other robot arm 3 are not interfering with each other, so the grid point being evaluated at this time is determined to be a reachable grid point. In other words, the position and posture of the arm base 5 in the state shown in FIG. 27B are determined to be OK in relation to the target surgical field SF. In this way, by changing the position and/or posture of the arm base 5, the same grid point can be reached in cases where the surgical instrument 40 cannot reach it (FIG. 27A) or can reach it (FIG. 27B). In the simulation of this example, the position and posture of the arm base 5 as a virtual model are variously changed, and the position of the spherical surgical field SF as a virtual model is variously changed, and the reachability of the surgical instrument 40 to each grid point is evaluated. Then, if the number of reachable grid points for the target surgical field SF is, for example, 100 in the first position and orientation of the arm base 5 and 150 in the second position and orientation of the arm base 5, then the second position and orientation is evaluated as being better for the target surgical field SF.

 そして、上述した評価シミュレーションを実際の手術に先立って予め実施しておいて、その結果を制御装置4のメモリ302に記憶させておく。ポジショナ制御部75は、実際の手術における術野SFに応じて、メモリ302に記憶されているシミュレーション結果に基づいてアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を制御する。これにより、手術中に術野SFが変更された場合でも、変更後の術野SFにおいて手術器具40の動作可能範囲を十分に確保することができる。また、上述のシミュレーションにおいて、術野SF内での手術器具40の動作可能範囲を最大化するアームベース5の位置および姿勢を探索することは、ロボットアーム3同士の干渉が生じないアームベース5の位置および姿勢を探索することでもある。よって、メモリ302に記憶されているシミュレーション結果に基づいてアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を制御することによって、ロボットアーム3同士の干渉を回避することができる。このため、実際に干渉が生じた場合に必要となる復旧作業等の手間を回避して、手術の継続性を担保することができる。 The above-mentioned evaluation simulation is then performed in advance of the actual surgery, and the results are stored in the memory 302 of the control device 4. The positioner control unit 75 controls the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 based on the simulation results stored in the memory 302, depending on the surgical field SF in the actual surgery. This ensures that the surgical instrument 40 can operate within a sufficient range in the changed surgical field SF, even if the surgical field SF is changed during surgery. Furthermore, in the above-mentioned simulation, searching for the position and posture of the arm base 5 that maximizes the surgical instrument 40's operating range within the surgical field SF also searches for the position and posture of the arm base 5 that prevents interference between the robot arms 3. Therefore, by controlling the position and/or posture of the arm base 5 based on the simulation results stored in the memory 302, interference between the robot arms 3 can be avoided. This avoids the need for recovery work, etc., that would be required if interference actually occurs, and ensures the continuity of the surgery.

 また、上述したシミュレーションにおいて、アームベース5の周囲に予め設定された仮想空間とアームベース5との離間状態が維持されるという条件を追加することもできる。この仮想空間は、例えば手術中に他の物体(例えば施術補助者)が存在すると予想される空間として定義することができる。このように仮想空間との関係で追加の条件を設定してシミュレーションを行うことによって、手術中にアームベース5が他の物体(例えば施術補助者)と接触する可能性を低減することができる。 Furthermore, in the above-mentioned simulation, it is possible to add a condition that a predetermined virtual space around the arm base 5 is maintained at a distance from the arm base 5. This virtual space can be defined as a space in which other objects (e.g., surgical assistants) are expected to be present during surgery, for example. By setting additional conditions in relation to the virtual space in this way and performing a simulation, it is possible to reduce the possibility of the arm base 5 coming into contact with other objects (e.g., surgical assistants) during surgery.

 また、上述したシミュレーションにおいて、例えば、複数のロボットアーム3から選択された2つ以上の対象のロボットアーム3の仮想モデルについて、それぞれの対象のロボットアーム3の最適な相対位置姿勢との差の合計が最小になるという条件を追加しても良い。すなわち、アームベース5の位置および/または姿勢が変化すると、アームベース5に装着されている複数のロボットアーム3の複数の基端部80の位置および/または姿勢が同時に変化する。このため、手術器具40の動作可能範囲の最大化という点において、ある1つのロボットアーム3にとって最適なアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢が、他の1つのロボットアーム3にとっては必ずしも最適であるとは限らない。そこで、複数の対象のロボットアーム3について、それぞれの対象のロボットアーム3の最適な相対位置姿勢との差の合計が最小になるという条件を追加してシミュレーションを行うことで、各ロボットアーム3の動作可能範囲(すなわち、手術器具40の動作可能範囲)が平均的に広くなるようにする。 Furthermore, in the above-described simulation, for example, a condition may be added that, for virtual models of two or more target robot arms 3 selected from a plurality of robot arms 3, the sum of the differences from the optimal relative position and orientation of each target robot arm 3 is minimized. In other words, when the position and/or orientation of the arm base 5 changes, the positions and/or orientations of the multiple base ends 80 of the multiple robot arms 3 attached to the arm base 5 change simultaneously. For this reason, in terms of maximizing the operable range of the surgical instrument 40, the position and/or orientation of the arm base 5 that is optimal for one robot arm 3 is not necessarily optimal for another robot arm 3. Therefore, by performing a simulation with an additional condition that the sum of the differences from the optimal relative position and orientation of each target robot arm 3 is minimized for the multiple target robot arms 3, the operable range of each robot arm 3 (i.e., the operable range of the surgical instrument 40) is widened on average.

 同様に、複数のロボットアーム3から選択された2つ以上の対象のロボットアーム3の仮想モデルについて、それぞれの対象のロボットアーム3の最適な相対位置姿勢との差の最大値が最小になるという条件を追加してシミュレーションを行っても良い。これにより、極端に動作可能範囲が狭くなるロボットアーム3がでないようにすることができる。 Similarly, a simulation can be performed for virtual models of two or more target robot arms 3 selected from a plurality of robot arms 3, with the additional condition that the maximum difference between the optimal relative position and posture of each target robot arm 3 is minimized. This makes it possible to prevent the emergence of robot arms 3 with extremely narrow operable ranges.

 以上述べたように、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10およびその制御方法によれば、ポジショナ制御部75が手術中にアームベース5の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、手術器具40の術野内の動作可能範囲を十分に確保することができ、また、ロボットアーム3と周囲の他の物体との干渉を確実に回避して、操作者(外科医)Sによる手術の継続性を確実に担保することができる。 As described above, with the surgical robot system 10 and its control method according to this embodiment, the positioner control unit 75 adjusts at least one of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 during surgery, thereby ensuring a sufficient operating range for the surgical instrument 40 within the surgical field, and reliably avoiding interference between the robot arm 3 and other surrounding objects, ensuring the continuity of the surgery by the operator (surgeon) S.

 また、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10およびその制御方法によれば、手術中に冗長軸の拘束条件を調整することによっても、ロボットアーム3と周囲の他の物体との干渉を確実に回避して、操作者Sによる手術の継続性を確実に担保することができる。特に、本実施形態における手術ロボット1のポジショナ7は、垂直多関節型ロボット(本例では7軸ロボット)によって構成されているので、例えば水平多関節型ロボットでは達成できないような、アームベース5の位置および姿勢の細やかな制御を実現することができる。このため、ロボットアーム3同士の干渉を回避して手術器具40の動作可能範囲を最大化するという目的を達成するために必要となる、アームベース5の位置および姿勢の細やかな制御を実現することができる。アームベース5には複数のロボットアーム3が装着されており、アームベース5を動かすと複数のロボットアーム3の基端部が同時に動くので、2つ以上のロボットアーム3について手術器具40の動作可能範囲を最大化するためには、垂直多関節型ロボットで構成されたポジショナ7を用いたアームベース5の位置および姿勢の細やかな制御が好適である。 Furthermore, with the surgical robot system 10 and its control method according to this embodiment, interference between the robot arm 3 and other surrounding objects can be reliably avoided by adjusting the constraint conditions of the redundant axes during surgery, thereby ensuring the continuity of the surgery by the operator S. In particular, the positioner 7 of the surgical robot 1 in this embodiment is configured using a vertical articulated robot (a seven-axis robot in this example), which enables precise control of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 that is not possible with, for example, a horizontal articulated robot. This enables precise control of the position and orientation of the arm base 5, which is necessary to achieve the goal of avoiding interference between the robot arms 3 and maximizing the operable range of the surgical instrument 40. Multiple robot arms 3 are attached to the arm base 5, and moving the arm base 5 moves the base ends of the multiple robot arms 3 simultaneously. Therefore, in order to maximize the operable range of the surgical instrument 40 for two or more robot arms 3, precise control of the position and orientation of the arm base 5 using a positioner 7 configured using a vertical articulated robot is preferable.

 上述のアームベースの位置および/または位置を調整する方式(アームベース調整方式)と、冗長軸の拘束条件を調整する方式(拘束条件調整方式)とは、いずれか一方を単独で用いることもできるし、両方を同時に用いることもできる。例えば、拘束条件調整方式を適用してロボットアーム3と周囲の他の物体(他のロボットアーム3を含む)との干渉を回避しつつ、内視鏡12の姿勢および/または手術台111の傾きが変更された場合等においては、アームベース調整方式を適用して手術器具40の動作可能範囲を十分に担保するようにしても良い。或いは、拘束条件調整方式を基調としつつ、拘束条件調整方式では対応できない場合にアームベース調整方式を適用するようにしても良い。或いはその逆に、アームベース調整方式を基調としつつ、アームベース調整方式では対応できない場合に拘束条件調整方式を適用するようにしても良い。 The above-mentioned method for adjusting the position and/or position of the arm base (arm base adjustment method) and the method for adjusting the constraint conditions of the redundant axis (constraint condition adjustment method) can be used either alone or both simultaneously. For example, the constraint condition adjustment method can be applied to avoid interference between the robot arm 3 and other surrounding objects (including other robot arms 3), while the arm base adjustment method can be applied to fully ensure the operable range of the surgical instrument 40 when the attitude of the endoscope 12 and/or the inclination of the operating table 111 is changed. Alternatively, the constraint condition adjustment method can be used as the basis, but the arm base adjustment method can be applied when the constraint condition adjustment method cannot be used. Or, conversely, the arm base adjustment method can be used as the basis, but the constraint condition adjustment method can be applied when the arm base adjustment method cannot be used.

 なお、手術ロボットを用いない従来の手術方法、すなわち、外科医が手術器具を手で直接把持して行う内視鏡手術等の場合、手術の内容、或いは手術の状況等に応じて、患者Pの姿勢を、外科医が手術をし易い向きにするために手術台を傾斜させる場合がある。すなわち、手術台の傾きを調整することによって、例えば、鉗子等の手術器具を直接手で把持して操作している外科医は、自分の腕や手を動かし易くなり、また、施術支援者(アシスタント)が直接手で把持している内視鏡の操作も容易になる。 In addition, in conventional surgical methods that do not use surgical robots, such as endoscopic surgery in which the surgeon directly grasps surgical instruments with their hands, the operating table may be tilted to position the patient P in a way that makes it easier for the surgeon to perform the surgery, depending on the type of surgery or the situation. In other words, by adjusting the tilt of the operating table, for example, a surgeon who directly grasps and operates surgical instruments such as forceps with their hands can more easily move their arms and hands, and it also makes it easier for a surgical assistant to operate an endoscope that is directly held in their hands.

 一方、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10においては、手術中に手術ロボット1のポジショナ7を制御してアームベース5の位置および姿勢を調整することができるので、手術台111の傾きを調整することと同様の効果、或いはそれ以上の効果を、アームベース5の位置および姿勢を調整することによって得ることができる。例えば、手術の状況に応じて術野を変更する場合、内視鏡アセンブリ40Bを保持しているロボットアーム3(例えば第2のロボットアーム3B)を操作して内視鏡12の位置および/または姿勢を変更する。手術ロボットではなく外科医や施術支援者が手術器具(鉗子、内視鏡等)を手で直接把持して操作する従来の手術方式の場合には、外科医や施術支援者の手や腕の動きの制約の下で適切な術野を確保するためには、手術台を傾斜させる必要があるかも知れない。手術ロボット1の場合でも、術野を変更するためには内視鏡アセンブリ40Bを保持している第2のロボットアーム3Bの形体(configuration)を変更する必要があり、変更後の形体を有する第2のロボットアーム3Bと、その周囲のロボットアーム3(例えば第1のロボットアーム3A)との干渉を回避しながら手術を続行する必要がある。この点、本実施形態による手術ロボットシステム10おいては、術野が変更された場合でもロボットアーム3同士の干渉を回避できるようにアームベース5の位置および/または姿勢を制御するので、変更後の術野の下で手術を継続的に行うことができる。このため、外科医が手術器具を直接手で把持する従来の手術方式に比べて、手術台111を傾斜させる必要性を低減し、或いは手術台111を傾斜させる際の傾斜角度を小さくすることができる。特に、本実施形態においては、ポジショナ7に垂直多関節型ロボットを採用しているので、従来の手術方式において手術台を傾斜させる場合に比べて、最適な術野の確保という点において、より細やかな対応が可能となる。 In contrast, in the surgical robot system 10 according to this embodiment, the position and orientation of the arm base 5 can be adjusted by controlling the positioner 7 of the surgical robot 1 during surgery. This allows for effects similar to, or even greater than, adjusting the tilt of the operating table 111 to be achieved by adjusting the position and orientation of the arm base 5. For example, when changing the surgical field depending on the surgical situation, the robot arm 3 (e.g., the second robot arm 3B) holding the endoscope assembly 40B is operated to change the position and/or orientation of the endoscope 12. In conventional surgical methods in which a surgeon or surgical assistant directly grasps and operates surgical instruments (forceps, endoscope, etc.) with their hands rather than using a surgical robot, it may be necessary to tilt the operating table to ensure an appropriate surgical field given the constraints of the surgeon's or surgical assistant's hand and arm movements. Even in the case of the surgical robot 1, changing the surgical field requires changing the configuration of the second robot arm 3B holding the endoscope assembly 40B, and the surgery must be continued while avoiding interference between the second robot arm 3B with the changed configuration and the surrounding robot arms 3 (e.g., the first robot arm 3A). In this regard, the surgical robot system 10 according to this embodiment controls the position and/or orientation of the arm base 5 to avoid interference between the robot arms 3 even when the surgical field is changed, allowing surgery to be performed continuously in the changed surgical field. This reduces the need to tilt the operating table 111, or reduces the tilt angle when tilting the operating table 111, compared to conventional surgical methods in which the surgeon directly holds the surgical instruments with his or her hands. In particular, because this embodiment uses a vertical articulated robot for the positioner 7, more precise response is possible in terms of ensuring an optimal surgical field compared to conventional surgical methods in which the operating table is tilted.

 なお、上述した本実施形態による手術ロボットシステムの制御方法は、コンピュータプログラムによって実施することができる。コンピュータプログラムは、上述した制御方法の1つ以上の機能を実行するようにコンピュータに指示するように配置されたコンピュータコードを含むことができる。コンピュータプログラムおよび/またはそのような制御方法を実行するためのコードは、1つまたは複数のコンピュータ可読媒体に提供されてもよい。コンピュータ可読媒体は、一過性のものであっても非一過性のものであってもよい。コンピュータ可読媒体は、例えば、電子、磁気、光学、電磁、赤外線、または半導体システム、あるいは、例えば、インターネットを介してコードをダウンロードするためのデータ伝送用の伝搬媒体であり得る。あるいは、コンピュータ可読媒体は、半導体またはソリッドステートメモリ、磁気テープ、リムーバブルコンピュータディスケット、ランダムアクセスメモリ(RAM)、リードオンリーメモリ(ROM)、硬質磁気ディスク、CD-ROM、CD-R/W、DVDなどの光ディスクなどの1つまたは複数の物理的コンピュータ可読媒体の形態をとり得る。 The control method for the surgical robot system according to the present embodiment described above can be implemented by a computer program. The computer program can include computer code configured to instruct a computer to perform one or more functions of the control method described above. The computer program and/or code for executing such a control method can be provided on one or more computer-readable media. The computer-readable medium can be either transient or non-transient. The computer-readable medium can be, for example, an electronic, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, or a propagation medium for data transmission, for example, for downloading code via the Internet. Alternatively, the computer-readable medium can take the form of one or more physical computer-readable media, such as semiconductor or solid-state memory, magnetic tape, removable computer diskettes, random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), rigid magnetic disks, or optical disks such as CD-ROMs, CD-R/Ws, and DVDs.

 また、本明細書で開示する構成要素の機能は、開示された機能を実行するよう構成またはプログラムされた汎用プロセッサ、専用プロセッサ、集積回路、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuits)、従来の回路、および/または、それらの組み合わせ、を含む回路または処理回路を使用して実行できる。プロセッサは、トランジスタやその他の回路を含むため、処理回路または回路と見なされる。本開示において、回路、ユニット、または手段は、列挙された機能を実行するハードウェアであるか、または、列挙された機能を実行するようにプログラムされたハードウェアである。ハードウェアは、本明細書に開示されているハードウェアであってもよいし、あるいは、列挙された機能を実行するようにプログラムまたは構成されているその他の既知のハードウェアであってもよい。ハードウェアが回路の一種と考えられるプロセッサである場合、回路、手段、またはユニットはハードウェアとソフトウェアの組み合わせであり、ソフトウェアはハードウェアおよび/またはプロセッサの構成に使用される。 Furthermore, the functions of the components disclosed herein may be performed using circuits or processing circuits, including general-purpose processors, special-purpose processors, integrated circuits, ASICs (Application Specific Integrated Circuits), conventional circuits, and/or combinations thereof, configured or programmed to perform the disclosed functions. A processor is considered a processing circuit or circuit because it includes transistors and other circuitry. In this disclosure, a circuit, unit, or means is hardware that performs the recited functions or hardware that is programmed to perform the recited functions. The hardware may be hardware disclosed herein or other known hardware that is programmed or configured to perform the recited functions. Where the hardware is a processor, which is considered a type of circuit, the circuit, means, or unit is a combination of hardware and software, and the software is used to configure the hardware and/or processor.

 この開示は、以下の態様も含んでいる。
(態様1)
 この開示の態様1は、長手軸線を有する手術器具を装着可能な先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、ロボットアームと、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記先端部は、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる器具駆動部を有し、前記制御装置は、前記器具駆動部を制御して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、手術ロボットシステムである。
This disclosure also includes the following aspects.
(Aspect 1)
Aspect 1 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system comprising: a robotic arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument having a longitudinal axis can be attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that receives operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robotic arm based on the operation input, wherein the tip end has an instrument drive unit that rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis, and the control device controls the instrument drive unit to maintain a proximity distance between the robotic arm and an object present around the robotic arm that is equal to or greater than the minimum allowable distance.

(態様2)
 この開示の態様2は、前記制御装置は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記器具駆動部を操作して、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様1記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 2)
Aspect 2 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 1, wherein the control device operates the instrument drive unit to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.

(態様3)
 この開示の態様3は、前記近接距離は、前記ロボットアームの参照部位と前記物体との間の距離であり、前記ロボットアームは、前記手術器具を前記長手軸線に沿って移動させる並進移動機構を有し、前記参照部位は、前記並進移動機構の少なくとも一部を含む、態様1または2に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 3)
Aspect 3 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 1 or 2, wherein the proximity distance is the distance between a reference portion of the robot arm and the object, the robot arm has a translational movement mechanism that moves the surgical instrument along the longitudinal axis, and the reference portion includes at least a portion of the translational movement mechanism.

(態様4)
 この開示の態様4は、前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部は、患者に設けられたポート部材に挿通される構成を有し、前記ロボットアームの前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部が前記ポート部材に挿通された状態で前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、態様1乃至3のいずれか一つに記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 4)
Aspect 4 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to any one of Aspects 1 to 3, wherein at least a portion of the surgical instrument is configured to be inserted into a port member provided in a patient, and the number of the plurality of drive axes of the robot arm is greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument with at least a portion of the surgical instrument inserted into the port member.

(態様5)
 この開示の態様5は、前記制御装置は、前記ロボットアームの少なくとも一部をモデル化して生成したアームモデルに基づいて前記近接距離を決定する、態様1乃至4のいずれか一つに記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 5)
Aspect 5 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 4, wherein the control device determines the proximity distance based on an arm model generated by modeling at least a portion of the robot arm.

(態様6)
 この開示の態様6は、前記制御装置は、前記ロボットアームを前記アームモデル上で操作して、前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部の前記長手軸線周りの2つの回転方向のうち、前記近接距離を大きくする回転方向を決定する、態様5記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 6)
Aspect 6 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in aspect 5, wherein the control device operates the robot arm on the arm model to determine one of two rotational directions about the longitudinal axis of at least a portion of the surgical instrument that increases the proximity distance.

(態様7)
 この開示の態様7は、前記ロボットアームは、前記手術器具を前記長手軸線に沿って移動させる並進移動機構を有し、前記ロボットアームの前記少なくとも一部は、前記並進移動機構の少なくとも一部である、態様5または6に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 7)
Aspect 7 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 5 or 6, wherein the robotic arm has a translational movement mechanism that moves the surgical instrument along the longitudinal axis, and the at least part of the robotic arm is at least part of the translational movement mechanism.

(態様8)
 この開示の態様8は、前記物体は、他の手術器具を装着可能な他のロボットアームであり、前記操作装置は、前記ロボットアームに装着された前記手術器具の位置および姿勢と前記他のロボットアームに装着された前記他の手術器具の位置および姿勢とを制御するための前記操作者の操作入力を受け付け、前記制御装置は、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームおよび前記他のロボットアームを制御する、態様1乃至7のいずれか一つに記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 8)
Aspect 8 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in any one of aspects 1 to 7, wherein the object is another robotic arm to which another surgical instrument can be attached, the operating device accepts operation input from the operator to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument attached to the robotic arm and the position and posture of the other surgical instrument attached to the other robotic arm, and the control device controls the robotic arm and the other robotic arm based on the operation input.

(態様9)
 この開示の態様9は、前記他のロボットアームは、他の長手軸線を有する前記他の手術器具を装着可能な先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記他の手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きく、前記他のロボットアームの前記先端部は、前記他の手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記他の長手軸線周りに回転させる他の器具駆動部を有し、前記制御装置は、前記器具駆動部および前記他の器具駆動部の少なくとも一方を操作して前記近接距離を調整する、態様8記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 9)
Aspect 9 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to Aspect 8, wherein the other robot arm has a tip end to which the other surgical instrument having a different longitudinal axis can be attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and posture of the other surgical instrument, the tip end of the other robot arm has a different instrument drive unit that rotates at least a portion of the other surgical instrument around the different longitudinal axis, and the control device adjusts the proximity distance by operating at least one of the instrument drive unit and the other instrument drive unit.

(態様10)
 この開示の態様10は、前記制御装置は、前記ロボットアームおよび前記他のロボットアームのうち、前記操作入力による操作によって動作しているロボットアームを調整対象ロボットアームとして選定し、前記調整対象ロボットアームの器具駆動部を操作して前記近接距離を調整する、態様9記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 10)
Aspect 10 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 9, wherein the control device selects, from among the robot arm and the other robot arm, a robot arm that is operating by operation through the operation input, as the robot arm to be adjusted, and adjusts the proximity distance by operating an instrument driving unit of the robot arm to be adjusted.

(態様11)
 この開示の態様11は、前記ロボットアームの前記先端部に設けられた前記手術器具をさらに備えた、態様1乃至10のいずれか一項に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 11)
Aspect 11 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to any one of aspects 1 to 10, further comprising the surgical instrument provided at the tip of the robot arm.

(態様12)
 この開示の態様12は、前記ロボットアームは、基端部と、前記基端部に配置されたねじり関節と、前記先端部と前記基端部との間に配置された曲げ関節と、を有し、前記制御装置は、前記ロボットアームを制御して、前記曲げ関節の回転軸線を、前記長手軸線を含む参照平面と交差させ、且つ前記参照平面に対する前記曲げ関節の回転軸線の向きを固定し、所定の中心点を設定し、前記ねじり関節の回転軸線の延長線または前記延長線の直交方向にオフセットして配置される線である参照線上に参照点を設定し、前記ロボットアームを制御して、前記長手軸線を前記中心点に位置付け且つ前記参照平面を前記参照点に位置付け、前記延長線の直交方向における前記参照点のオフセット量を調整して前記器具駆動部の動作方向および動作量を制御して、前記近接距離を前記許容最小距離以上に維持する、態様1乃至11のいずれか一つに記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 12)
Aspect 12 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to any one of Aspects 1 to 11, wherein the robot arm has a base end, a torsion joint disposed at the base end, and a bending joint disposed between the tip end and the base end, and the control device controls the robot arm to intersect a rotation axis of the bending joint with a reference plane including the longitudinal axis and fix the orientation of the rotation axis of the bending joint with respect to the reference plane, set a predetermined center point, set a reference point on a reference line that is an extension line of the rotation axis of the torsion joint or a line that is disposed offset in a direction perpendicular to the extension line, control the robot arm to position the longitudinal axis at the center point and position the reference plane at the reference point, and adjust the offset amount of the reference point in the direction perpendicular to the extension line to control the direction and amount of movement of the instrument driver, thereby maintaining the approach distance equal to or greater than the allowable minimum distance.

(態様13)
 この開示の態様13は、前記延長線の直交方向は、水平方向である、態様12記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 13)
Aspect 13 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 12, wherein the direction perpendicular to the extension line is horizontal.

(態様14)
 この開示の態様14は、前記ロボットアームの前記基端部および他のロボットアームの基端部を保持するアームベースをさらに備え、前記アームベースは長手軸線を有し、前記延長線の直交方向は、前記アームベースの前記長手軸線と平行である、態様12または13に記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 14)
Aspect 14 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 12 or 13, further comprising an arm base that holds the base end of the robot arm and the base end of another robot arm, the arm base having a longitudinal axis, and the perpendicular direction of the extension line being parallel to the longitudinal axis of the arm base.

(態様15)
 この開示の態様15は、手術ロボットシステムの制御方法であって、前記手術ロボットシステムは、長手軸線を有する手術器具が装着された先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、ロボットアームと、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームを制御する制御装置と、を備える、手術ロボットシステムの制御方法において、前記先端部の少なくとも一部を構成する器具駆動部によって、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させ、前記器具駆動部を制御して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、手術ロボットシステムの制御方法である。
(Aspect 15)
Aspect 15 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system comprising: a robotic arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument having a longitudinal axis is attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that receives operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robotic arm based on the operation input, wherein the control method for a surgical robot system comprises: an instrument drive unit that constitutes at least a part of the tip end, rotating at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis; and controlling the instrument drive unit to maintain a proximity distance between the robotic arm and an object present around the robotic arm that is greater than or equal to a minimum allowable distance.

(態様16)
 この開示の態様16は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記器具駆動部を操作して、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様15記載の手術ロボットシステムの制御方法である。
(Aspect 16)
Aspect 16 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system described in Aspect 15, in which, when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold, the instrument drive unit is operated to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance.

(態様17)
 この開示の態様17は、コンピュータ可読命令を記憶しているコンピュータ可読媒体であって、前記コンピュータ可読命令が手術ロボットシステムのプロセッサによって実行されると、前記プロセッサに前記手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を実行させ、前記手術ロボットシステムは、長手軸線を有する手術器具が装着された先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、ロボットアームと、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記制御方法は、前記先端部の少なくとも一部を構成する器具駆動部によって、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させ、前記器具駆動部を制御して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、コンピュータ可読媒体である。
(Aspect 17)
Aspect 17 of the disclosure is a computer-readable medium storing computer-readable instructions that, when executed by a processor of a surgical robot system, cause the processor to execute a control method for the surgical robot system, the surgical robot system comprising: a robotic arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument having a longitudinal axis is attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; an operation device that accepts operation input from an operator to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robotic arm based on the operation input, the control method comprising: rotating at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis using an instrument drive unit that constitutes at least a part of the tip end; and controlling the instrument drive unit to maintain a proximity distance between the robotic arm and an object present around the robotic arm to be equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.

(態様18)
 この開示の態様18は、前記制御方法は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記器具駆動部を操作して、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様17記載のコンピュータ可読媒体である。
(Aspect 18)
Aspect 18 of this disclosure is a computer-readable medium described in aspect 17, wherein the control method operates the instrument driver to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.

(態様19)
 この開示の態様19は、手術器具を装着可能な先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、ロボットアームと、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記制御装置は、前記複数の駆動軸のうちの少なくとも1つを冗長な駆動軸として規定し、前記冗長な駆動軸を前記操作入力および拘束条件に基づいて制御し、前記拘束条件を調整して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 19)
Aspect 19 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system comprising: a robot arm having a tip end to which a surgical instrument can be attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that receives operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robot arm based on the operation input, wherein the control device defines at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft, controls the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions, and adjusts the constraint conditions to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm at or above an allowable minimum distance.

(態様20)
 この開示の態様20は、前記手術器具は、長手軸線を有し、前記冗長な駆動軸は、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様19記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 20)
Aspect 20 of the present disclosure is a surgical robot system according to aspect 19, wherein the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis and the redundant drive shaft rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis.

(態様21)
 この開示の態様21は、前記制御装置は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記器具駆動部を操作して、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様20記載の手術ロボットシステムである。
(Aspect 21)
Aspect 21 of this disclosure is a surgical robot system described in Aspect 20, wherein the control device operates the instrument drive unit to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.

(態様22)
 この開示の態様22は、手術ロボットシステムの制御方法であって、前記手術ロボットシステムは、手術器具が装着された先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、ロボットアームと、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームを制御する制御装置と、を備える、手術ロボットシステムの制御方法において、前記複数の駆動軸のうちの少なくとも1つを冗長な駆動軸として規定し、前記冗長な駆動軸を前記操作入力および拘束条件に基づいて制御し、前記拘束条件を調整して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、手術ロボットシステムの制御方法である。
(Aspect 22)
Aspect 22 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system comprising: a robot arm having a tip end with a surgical instrument attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of which is greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; an operation device that accepts operation input from an operator to control the position and attitude of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robot arm based on the operation input, wherein the control method defines at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft, controls the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions, and adjusts the constraint conditions to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.

(態様23)
 この開示の態様23は、前記手術器具は、長手軸線を有し、前記冗長な駆動軸によって、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様22記載の手術ロボットシステムの制御方法である。
(Aspect 23)
Aspect 23 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system described in aspect 22, wherein the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis and the redundant drive shaft rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis.

(態様24)
 この開示の態様24は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記器具駆動部を操作して、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様23記載の手術ロボットシステムの制御方法である。
(Aspect 24)
Aspect 24 of this disclosure is a control method for a surgical robot system described in Aspect 23, in which, when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold, the instrument drive unit is operated to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance.

(態様25)
 この開示の態様25は、コンピュータ可読命令を記憶しているコンピュータ可読媒体であって、前記コンピュータ可読命令が手術ロボットシステムのプロセッサによって実行されると、前記プロセッサに前記手術ロボットシステムの制御方法を実行させ、前記手術ロボットシステムは、手術器具が装着された先端部および複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数は、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きい、ロボットアームと、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、前記操作入力に基づいて前記ロボットアームを制御する制御装置と、を備え、前記制御方法は、前記複数の駆動軸のうちの少なくとも1つを冗長な駆動軸として規定し、前記冗長な駆動軸を前記操作入力および拘束条件に基づいて制御し、前記拘束条件を調整して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、コンピュータ可読媒体である。
(Aspect 25)
Aspect 25 of the disclosure is a computer-readable medium storing computer-readable instructions that, when executed by a processor of a surgical robot system, cause the processor to execute a control method for the surgical robot system, the surgical robot system comprising: a robot arm having a tip end with a surgical instrument attached and a plurality of drive shafts, the number of the plurality of drive shafts being greater than the minimum degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; an operation device that accepts operation input from an operator to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument; and a control device that controls the robot arm based on the operation input, the control method defining at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft, controlling the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions, and adjusting the constraint conditions to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm to be equal to or greater than a minimum allowable distance.

(態様26)
 この開示の態様26は、前記手術器具は、長手軸線を有し、前記制御方法は、前記冗長な駆動軸によって、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様25記載のコンピュータ可読媒体である。
(Aspect 26)
Aspect 26 of the disclosure is a computer-readable medium described in aspect 25, wherein the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis and the control method rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis by the redundant drive shaft.

(態様27)
 この開示の態様27は、前記制御方法は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記器具駆動部を操作して、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、態様26記載のコンピュータ可読媒体である。
(Aspect 27)
Aspect 27 of this disclosure is a computer-readable medium described in Aspect 26, wherein the control method operates the instrument driver to rotate at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.

1 手術ロボット
2 操作装置
3、3A、3B、3C、3D ロボットアーム
4 制御装置
5 アームベース
7 ポジショナ
10 手術ロボットシステム
23 タッチパネル
28 アーム制御部
32 ロボットアームの先端部
35 並進移動機構
36 器具ホルダ
40 手術器具
40A 内視鏡アセンブリ
40B 鉗子アセンブリ
38 器具駆動部
43 手術器具のシャフト部
60 近接センサ
75 ポジショナ制御部
76 術野指定手段
77 術野推定手段
78 手動アーム選択手段
79 自動アーム選択手段
BW 患者の腹壁
C シャフト部の中心軸(手術器具の長手軸線)
J31~J39 関節部(駆動軸)
P 患者
PP ピボット点
R1~R9 回転軸
RC 遠隔中心
RD 参照点
RL、RLA、RLB 参照線
RP 参照平面
S 操作者(施術者)
SF 術野
 
1 Surgical robot 2 Operation device 3, 3A, 3B, 3C, 3D Robot arm 4 Control device 5 Arm base 7 Positioner 10 Surgical robot system 23 Touch panel 28 Arm control unit 32 Tip of robot arm 35 Translational movement mechanism 36 Instrument holder 40 Surgical instrument 40A Endoscope assembly 40B Forceps assembly 38 Instrument drive unit 43 Shaft portion of surgical instrument 60 Proximity sensor 75 Positioner control unit 76 Surgical field designation means 77 Surgical field estimation means 78 Manual arm selection means 79 Automatic arm selection means BW Patient's abdominal wall C Central axis of shaft portion (longitudinal axis of surgical instrument)
J31 to J39 Joints (drive shafts)
P Patient PP Pivot points R1 to R9 Rotation axis RC Remote center RD Reference points RL, RLA, RLB Reference line RP Reference plane S Operator (practitioner)
SF surgical field

Claims (15)

 複数のロボットアームであって、前記複数のロボットアームの各々に手術器具が装着される、複数のロボットアームと、
 前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するための操作者の操作入力を受け付ける操作装置と、
 前記操作入力に基づいて前記複数のロボットアームを制御するアーム制御部と、
 前記複数のロボットアームが装着されたアームベースを有するポジショナと、
 前記ポジショナを制御して前記アームベースの位置および姿勢を調整するポジショナ制御部と、を備え、
 前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整し、
 前記アーム制御部は、前記ポジショナ制御部による前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方の調整によって前記手術器具の運動が影響を受けることなく、前記複数のロボットアームを制御する、手術ロボットシステム。
a plurality of robotic arms, each of the plurality of robotic arms having a surgical instrument attached thereto;
an operating device that receives an operation input from an operator to control the position and posture of the surgical instrument;
an arm control unit that controls the plurality of robot arms based on the operation input;
a positioner having an arm base on which the plurality of robot arms are mounted;
a positioner control unit that controls the positioner to adjust the position and attitude of the arm base,
the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base during surgery;
A surgical robot system in which the arm control unit controls the multiple robot arms without the movement of the surgical instrument being affected by adjustment of at least one of the position and the attitude of the arm base by the positioner control unit.
 前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に変化する術中状態に基づいて前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整する、請求項1記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 1, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the orientation of the arm base based on intraoperative conditions that change during surgery.  前記ポジショナ制御部は、前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、前記複数のロボットアームのうちの少なくとも1つである対象のロボットアームについて、術野内で前記手術器具が動作できる領域として規定される器具動作可能範囲を調整する、請求項2記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 2, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the orientation of the arm base to adjust an instrument operating range, defined as an area within the surgical field in which the surgical instrument can operate, for a target robot arm that is at least one of the plurality of robot arms.  前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に変化する前記術野に基づいて前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整する、請求項3記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 3, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the posture of the arm base based on the surgical field, which changes during surgery.  前記術野は、手術中に手術部位を撮像する撮像装置の位置および姿勢の少なくとも一方に基づいて規定される、請求項4記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 4, wherein the surgical field is defined based on at least one of the position and orientation of an imaging device that images the surgical site during surgery.  前記操作者からの指令に基づいて手術中に前記術野を指定する術野指定手段を有する、請求項4記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 4, further comprising a surgical field designation means for designating the surgical field during surgery based on a command from the operator.  手術台の傾きに基づいて前記術野を自動的に推定する術野推定手段を有する、請求項4記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 4, further comprising a surgical field estimation means for automatically estimating the surgical field based on the inclination of the operating table.  前記操作者からの指令に基づいて前記対象のロボットアームを選択する手動アーム選択手段を有する、請求項3または4に記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 3 or 4, further comprising a manual arm selection means for selecting the target robot arm based on a command from the operator.  前記操作者からの前記操作入力によって操作されているロボットアームを前記対象のロボットアームとして選択する自動アーム選択手段を有する、請求項3または4に記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 3 or 4, further comprising an automatic arm selection means for selecting the robot arm being operated by the operation input from the operator as the target robot arm.  前記ポジショナ制御部は、前記アームベースの周囲に予め設定された仮想空間と前記アームベースとの距離を一定以上に維持する、請求項1または2に記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 1 or 2, wherein the positioner control unit maintains a distance between the arm base and a virtual space preset around the arm base at or above a certain level.  前記ポジショナ制御部は、手術中に前記アームベースの前記位置および前記姿勢の少なくとも一方を調整することによって、前記複数のロボットアームのうちの1つのロボットアームと、前記複数のロボットアームのうちの他の1つのロボットアームとの干渉を回避する、請求項1または2に記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 1 or 2, wherein the positioner control unit adjusts at least one of the position and the orientation of the arm base during surgery to avoid interference between one robot arm of the plurality of robot arms and another robot arm of the plurality of robot arms.  前記複数のロボットアームのそれぞれは複数の駆動軸を有し、前記複数の駆動軸の数が、前記手術器具の位置および姿勢を制御するために必要な最小の自由度よりも大きく、
 前記アーム制御部は、前記複数の駆動軸のうちの少なくとも1つを冗長な駆動軸として規定し、前記冗長な駆動軸を前記操作入力および拘束条件に基づいて制御し、 
 前記拘束条件を調整して前記ロボットアームと前記ロボットアームの周囲に存在する物体との間の近接距離を許容最小距離以上に維持する、請求項1または2に記載の手術ロボットシステム。 
each of the plurality of robot arms has a plurality of drive axes, the number of the plurality of drive axes being greater than a minimum number of degrees of freedom required to control the position and orientation of the surgical instrument;
the arm control unit defines at least one of the plurality of drive shafts as a redundant drive shaft and controls the redundant drive shaft based on the operation input and constraint conditions;
3. The surgical robot system according to claim 1, wherein the constraint conditions are adjusted to maintain a proximity distance between the robot arm and an object present around the robot arm at or above an allowable minimum distance.
 前記手術器具は、長手軸線を有し、
 前記冗長な駆動軸は、前記手術器具の少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、請求項12記載の手術ロボットシステム。 
the surgical instrument has a longitudinal axis;
The surgical robotic system of claim 12 , wherein the redundant drive shaft rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument about the longitudinal axis.
 前記アーム制御部は、前記近接距離と前記許容最小距離との差が所定の閾値よりも小さくなったときに、前記近接距離が大きくなる方向に前記手術器具の前記少なくとも一部を前記長手軸線周りに回転させる、請求項13記載の手術ロボットシステム。 The surgical robot system of claim 13, wherein the arm control unit rotates at least a portion of the surgical instrument around the longitudinal axis in a direction that increases the proximity distance when the difference between the proximity distance and the minimum allowable distance becomes smaller than a predetermined threshold.  前記ポジショナは、垂直多関節型ロボットを含む、請求項1または2に記載の手術ロボットシステム。
 
The surgical robot system according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the positioner includes a vertical articulated robot.
PCT/JP2025/012726 2024-03-28 2025-03-28 Surgical robot system and control method therefor Pending WO2025206297A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024055106A JP2025152922A (en) 2024-03-28 2024-03-28 Surgical robot system and control method thereof
JP2024-055106 2024-03-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025206297A1 true WO2025206297A1 (en) 2025-10-02

Family

ID=97219189

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2025/012726 Pending WO2025206297A1 (en) 2024-03-28 2025-03-28 Surgical robot system and control method therefor

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2025152922A (en)
WO (1) WO2025206297A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017179624A1 (en) * 2016-04-15 2017-10-19 川崎重工業株式会社 Control method of surgical operation system and surgical operation system
WO2018098319A1 (en) * 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska Improved gross positioning device and related systems and methods
JP2022180217A (en) * 2021-05-24 2022-12-06 川崎重工業株式会社 Surgery support robot and operation method of articulated robot
JP2023180921A (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-21 株式会社神戸製鋼所 Robot movement path generation method, movement path generation device, robot system, and program
JP7402894B2 (en) * 2019-12-05 2023-12-21 川崎重工業株式会社 Surgical operation system and method for controlling surgical operation manipulator arm

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017179624A1 (en) * 2016-04-15 2017-10-19 川崎重工業株式会社 Control method of surgical operation system and surgical operation system
WO2018098319A1 (en) * 2016-11-22 2018-05-31 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska Improved gross positioning device and related systems and methods
JP7402894B2 (en) * 2019-12-05 2023-12-21 川崎重工業株式会社 Surgical operation system and method for controlling surgical operation manipulator arm
JP2022180217A (en) * 2021-05-24 2022-12-06 川崎重工業株式会社 Surgery support robot and operation method of articulated robot
JP2023180921A (en) * 2022-06-10 2023-12-21 株式会社神戸製鋼所 Robot movement path generation method, movement path generation device, robot system, and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2025152922A (en) 2025-10-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6896047B2 (en) Systems and methods for proximal control of surgical instruments
KR102735980B1 (en) Computer-assist remote control surgical system and method
JP6619748B2 (en) Method and apparatus for telesurgical table alignment
KR102252641B1 (en) Command shaping to dampen vibrations in mode transitions
CN107595392B (en) Avoidance of manipulator arm collisions with patient using null space
JP6262216B2 (en) System and method for avoiding collision between operating arms using null space
JP7402894B2 (en) Surgical operation system and method for controlling surgical operation manipulator arm
JP2016514493A (en) System and method for facilitating access to edge of Cartesian coordinate space using zero space
CN108882969A (en) Surgical system
JP2022545684A (en) Movable display unit on track
CN115701950A (en) Method and system for coordinated multi-tool movement using drivable assemblies
US12171513B2 (en) Surgical system and patient-side apparatus
Bihlmaier Endoscope robots and automated camera guidance
JP7017616B2 (en) Patient-side equipment and surgical system of surgical system
JPH08215205A (en) Medical manipulator
US11717366B2 (en) Medical manipulator
WO2025206297A1 (en) Surgical robot system and control method therefor
WO2025206293A1 (en) Surgical robot system and control method therefor
JP2025152919A (en) Surgical robot system and control method thereof
JP2020058793A (en) Medical manipulator and surgical operation system including the same
JP2025152921A (en) Surgical robot system and control method thereof
WO2025206294A1 (en) Port disposition determination device, surgical robot system, and control method for same
Shi et al. Optimization-based Concurrent Control of a High Dexterity Robot for Vitreoretinal Surgery
CN120981208A (en) Robotic surgical manipulators that provide enhanced flexibility in the surgical workspace

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25777050

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1